12 - Océ | Printing for Professionals

Océ
VarioLink 2222c
VarioLink 2822c
VarioLink 3622c
Explore your
options
o
User manual
Print Operations
Thank you for selecting an Océ solution for your document
production and management needs. The following information will
help you get the most productive and reliable use out of your
system.
Océ brand supplies are designed for Océ multi-function
copy/print/fax systems to ensure maximum product performance
and quality. Substituting other supplies may result in inferior image
quality and machine malfunction.
To order supplies call the Océ Supply Line:
1-800-462-6797 (US)
1-866-462-4478 (CAN)
01277 846 146 (UK)
Should your system develop a problem that cannot be remedied by
using the maintenance or troubleshooting procedures outlined in
this manual, please contact Océ Technical Support by calling:
1-800-243-5556 (US)
1-866-462-4478 (CAN)
08708 500 749 (UK)
For faster service, please have your machine model and serial
number available before calling.
Meter Reading Overview
If your monthly Océ invoices are calculated based on your product
usage. You can help ensure accurate billing by providing us with
accurate meter reads every month.
There are three methods to enter meter readings:
1. If your equipment is networked and your organization has an
SMTP mail server, you can set up the product to automatically
share the meter information with Océ. This is the most popular,
and least time-intensive method for you. Your service representative
can configure your system to automatically e-mail monthly meter
counts to Océ.
2. Use the Océ “E-Z Reading” web site to enter your monthly
readings. We can even set you up to receive a monthly e-mail
reminder. Go to www.oceusa.com and click on Meter Reads.
3. Enter your readings by phone by calling 800-945-9708.
Viewing the Counters (Meter Count)
For more information, see Chapter 8 of the User’s Guide - Copy Operations
1
Press Utility/Counter
on the control panel
2
Press
Meter Count
3
Record the Total and Black
Counter readings and enter
them on the Océ
“E-Z Reading” web site.
(See www.oceusa.com)
Océ-Technologies B.V.
Copyright
2009,Océ-Technologies B.V. Venlo, The Netherlands.
All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced, copied, adapted, or
transmitted in any form or by any means without written permission from Océ.
Océ-Technologies B.V. makes no representation or warranties with respect to the
contents hereof and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of
merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose.
Further, Océ-Technologies B.V. reserves the right to revise this publication and to
make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation to notify
any person of such revision or changes.
edition:2009-09
GB
Table of contents
1
2
3
Introduction
1.1
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.2
1.2.1
Welcome .......................................................................................................................................... 1-3
User's guides ..................................................................................................................................... 1-3
User's Guide ...................................................................................................................................... 1-4
Conventions used in this manual .................................................................................................. 1-5
Symbols used in this manual ............................................................................................................. 1-5
To use this machine safely................................................................................................................. 1-5
Procedural instruction........................................................................................................................ 1-5
Key symbols....................................................................................................................................... 1-6
1.2.2
Document and paper indications....................................................................................................... 1-6
Paper size .......................................................................................................................................... 1-6
Paper indication ................................................................................................................................. 1-6
Overview
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.2
2.2.1
Printer controller ............................................................................................................................. 2-3
Roles of the printer controller ............................................................................................................ 2-3
Flow of printing .................................................................................................................................. 2-4
Control panel...................................................................................................................................... 2-5
Operating environment................................................................................................................... 2-7
Connectable computers and operating system................................................................................. 2-7
Windows ............................................................................................................................................ 2-7
Macintosh .......................................................................................................................................... 2-7
2.2.2
Interfaces used for connection .......................................................................................................... 2-8
Ethernet.............................................................................................................................................. 2-8
USB interface..................................................................................................................................... 2-8
Connection diagram........................................................................................................................... 2-8
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
Setup procedure ............................................................................................................................. 2-9
For network connection ..................................................................................................................... 2-9
For local connection ........................................................................................................................ 2-10
Precautions for Installation
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
4
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 3-3
Printer drivers compatible with respective operating systems.................................................. 3-4
Connection methods selectable in each operating system........................................................ 3-6
Windows Vista/Server 2008............................................................................................................... 3-6
Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 ......................................................................................................... 3-7
Windows NT 4.0................................................................................................................................. 3-8
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5 .......................................................................................................... 3-8
Mac OS 9.2 ........................................................................................................................................ 3-9
NetWare ............................................................................................................................................. 3-9
Manual Installation Using the Add Printer Wizard
4.1
4.1.1
Windows Vista/Server 2008............................................................................................................ 4-3
For network connection (LPR/Port 9100/SMB) ................................................................................. 4-3
Settings for the machine .................................................................................................................... 4-3
Installing the printer driver by searching for the printer using the Add Printer Wizard ...................... 4-4
Installing the printer driver by creating a printer port......................................................................... 4-5
4.1.2
For network connection (IPP/IPPS) ................................................................................................... 4-6
Settings for the machine .................................................................................................................... 4-6
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard ................................................... 4-6
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
Contents-1
5
6
4.1.3
For network connection (Web service print) ...................................................................................... 4-8
Settings for the machine .................................................................................................................... 4-8
Installing the printer from the Network window ................................................................................. 4-8
Installing the printer driver by specifying the IP address using the Add Printer Wizard .................... 4-9
4.1.4
4.2
4.2.1
For local connection ........................................................................................................................ 4-10
Windows XP/Server 2003 ............................................................................................................. 4-11
For network connection (LPR/Port9100) ......................................................................................... 4-11
Settings for the machine .................................................................................................................. 4-11
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard ................................................. 4-11
4.2.2
For network connection (SMB) ........................................................................................................ 4-13
Settings for the machine .................................................................................................................. 4-13
Installing the printer driver by specifying the printer using the Add Printer Wizard......................... 4-13
4.2.3
For network connection (IPP/IPPS) ................................................................................................. 4-14
Settings for the machine .................................................................................................................. 4-14
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard ................................................. 4-15
4.2.4
4.3
4.3.1
For local connection ........................................................................................................................ 4-16
Windows 2000 ............................................................................................................................... 4-17
For network connection (LPR/Port9100) ......................................................................................... 4-17
Settings for the machine .................................................................................................................. 4-17
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard ................................................. 4-17
4.3.2
For network connection (SMB) ........................................................................................................ 4-19
Settings for the machine .................................................................................................................. 4-19
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard ................................................. 4-19
4.3.3
For network connection (IPP/IPPS) ................................................................................................. 4-20
Settings for the machine .................................................................................................................. 4-20
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard ................................................. 4-20
4.3.4
4.4
4.4.1
For local connection ........................................................................................................................ 4-21
Windows NT 4.0............................................................................................................................. 4-22
For network connection (LPR) ......................................................................................................... 4-22
Settings for the machine .................................................................................................................. 4-22
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard ................................................. 4-22
Installation on Macintosh Computers
5.1
5.1.1
5.1.2
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5 ........................................................................................................ 5-3
Installing the printer driver ................................................................................................................. 5-3
Selecting and connecting a printer (OS X 10.4/10.5)......................................................................... 5-4
Configuring the Bonjour settings ....................................................................................................... 5-4
Configuring the AppleTalk settings.................................................................................................... 5-5
Configuring the LPR settings ............................................................................................................. 5-6
Configuring the IPP settings .............................................................................................................. 5-7
5.1.3
Selecting and connecting a printer (OS X 10.2/10.3)......................................................................... 5-9
Configuring the Rendezvous settings ................................................................................................ 5-9
Configuring the AppleTalk settings.................................................................................................. 5-10
Configuring the LPR settings ........................................................................................................... 5-11
Configuring the IPP settings ............................................................................................................ 5-12
5.2
5.2.1
5.2.2
Mac OS 9.2..................................................................................................................................... 5-13
Installing the printer driver ............................................................................................................... 5-13
Selecting and connecting a printer .................................................................................................. 5-13
Configuring the AppleTalk settings.................................................................................................. 5-13
Configuring the LPR settings ........................................................................................................... 5-14
Installation when Using NetWare
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
Contents-2
NetWare ........................................................................................................................................... 6-3
Network Settings ............................................................................................................................... 6-3
Configuring the Windows client ......................................................................................................... 6-3
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
7
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
7.1
7.2
7.2.1
7.2.2
8
9
Windows .......................................................................................................................................... 7-3
Macintosh ........................................................................................................................................ 7-5
For Mac OS X..................................................................................................................................... 7-5
For Mac OS 9.2.................................................................................................................................. 7-5
Print function of PCL/PS/XPS drivers for Windows
8.1
8.2
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2.3
8.2.4
8.3
8.4
8.4.1
Print operations............................................................................................................................... 8-3
Default settings of the printer driver ............................................................................................. 8-5
Displaying the Properties window ..................................................................................................... 8-5
Configure tab ..................................................................................................................................... 8-5
Settings tab........................................................................................................................................ 8-6
Registering the default settings ......................................................................................................... 8-7
Common Setting ............................................................................................................................. 8-8
Parameter details............................................................................................................................ 8-9
My Tab ............................................................................................................................................... 8-9
Edit [My Tab] .................................................................................................................................... 8-10
8.4.2
8.4.3
8.4.4
8.4.5
8.4.6
[Basic] tab ........................................................................................................................................ 8-11
[Layout] tab ...................................................................................................................................... 8-13
[Finish] tab........................................................................................................................................ 8-14
[Cover Mode] tab ............................................................................................................................. 8-15
[Stamp/Composition] tab................................................................................................................. 8-16
Editing watermark ............................................................................................................................ 8-18
Editing overlay.................................................................................................................................. 8-19
Editing the copy security ................................................................................................................. 8-20
Editing date/time and page number ................................................................................................ 8-22
8.4.7
8.4.8
[Quality] tab ...................................................................................................................................... 8-22
[Other] tab ........................................................................................................................................ 8-25
Print Functions of Mac OS X
9.1
9.2
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.5.1
9.5.2
9.5.3
Print operations............................................................................................................................... 9-3
Default settings of the printer driver ............................................................................................. 9-5
Option settings................................................................................................................................... 9-5
Registering the default settings ......................................................................................................... 9-6
Common Setting ............................................................................................................................. 9-7
Adding a custom size ..................................................................................................................... 9-9
Parameter details.......................................................................................................................... 9-10
[Page Attributes] .............................................................................................................................. 9-10
[Copies & Pages].............................................................................................................................. 9-11
[Output Method]............................................................................................................................... 9-11
Checking the [Output Method] detail settings ................................................................................. 9-13
9.5.4
9.5.5
9.5.6
9.5.7
[Layout / Finish]................................................................................................................................ 9-14
[Paper Tray / Output Tray] ............................................................................................................... 9-16
[Cover Mode / Transparency Interleave].......................................................................................... 9-17
[Per Page Setting] ............................................................................................................................ 9-18
Editing Per Page Setting .................................................................................................................. 9-19
9.5.8
[Stamp / Composition] ..................................................................................................................... 9-19
Editing the copy security ................................................................................................................. 9-20
Editing Date/Time ............................................................................................................................ 9-22
Editing Page Number....................................................................................................................... 9-22
Editing Header/Footer...................................................................................................................... 9-23
9.5.9
[Quality] ............................................................................................................................................ 9-23
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
Contents-3
10
Print Functions of Mac OS 9.2
10.1
10.2
10.2.1
10.2.2
10.3
10.3.1
10.3.2
10.3.3
10.3.4
10.3.5
11
Print operations............................................................................................................................. 10-3
Default settings of the printer driver ........................................................................................... 10-4
Option settings................................................................................................................................. 10-4
Registering the default settings ....................................................................................................... 10-5
Parameter details.......................................................................................................................... 10-6
Page Attributes ................................................................................................................................ 10-6
Specifying the custom page sizes ................................................................................................... 10-6
General............................................................................................................................................. 10-7
[Layout] (Combination) ..................................................................................................................... 10-7
Printer specific options (Finishing Option 1 to 5) ............................................................................. 10-8
Function Details
11.1
11.1.1
Proof Print...................................................................................................................................... 11-3
Setting the printer driver .................................................................................................................. 11-3
For Windows .................................................................................................................................... 11-3
For Mac OS X................................................................................................................................... 11-4
11.1.2
11.2
11.2.1
Recalling a job from the control panel ............................................................................................. 11-4
Secure Print ................................................................................................................................... 11-6
Setting the printer driver .................................................................................................................. 11-6
For Windows .................................................................................................................................... 11-6
For Mac OS X................................................................................................................................... 11-7
11.2.2
Recalling a job from the control panel ............................................................................................. 11-8
When the [Confidential Document Access Method] is set to [Mode 1] ........................................... 11-9
When the [Confidential Document Access Method] is set to [Mode 2] ......................................... 11-11
11.3
11.3.1
Save in User Box ......................................................................................................................... 11-13
Setting the printer driver ................................................................................................................ 11-13
For Windows .................................................................................................................................. 11-13
For Mac OS X................................................................................................................................. 11-14
11.3.2
11.4
Recalling a job from the control panel ........................................................................................... 11-15
Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified ................ 11-17
For Windows .................................................................................................................................. 11-17
For Mac OS X................................................................................................................................. 11-19
11.5
11.5.1
Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled ........... 11-20
Setting the printer driver ................................................................................................................ 11-20
For Windows .................................................................................................................................. 11-20
For Mac OS X................................................................................................................................. 11-21
11.6
11.6.1
ID & Print ...................................................................................................................................... 11-23
Setting the printer driver ................................................................................................................ 11-23
For Windows .................................................................................................................................. 11-23
For Mac OS X................................................................................................................................. 11-25
11.6.2
Recalling a job from the control panel ........................................................................................... 11-26
Entering the user information and printing..................................................................................... 11-26
Printing a document by specifying it from the [ID & Print User Box] ............................................. 11-27
Logging in using the authentication unit........................................................................................ 11-29
11.7
11.7.1
11.7.2
11.8
11.8.1
11.8.2
Printing from a cellular phone or PDA ...................................................................................... 11-30
Operating environment .................................................................................................................. 11-30
Printing a document....................................................................................................................... 11-30
Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user.................................................................. 11-33
Settings for the machine ................................................................................................................ 11-33
Setting the printer driver ................................................................................................................ 11-35
For Windows .................................................................................................................................. 11-35
For Mac OS X................................................................................................................................. 11-36
11.9
11.9.1
Specifying the ICC profile .......................................................................................................... 11-37
Setting the printer driver ................................................................................................................ 11-37
For Windows .................................................................................................................................. 11-37
For Mac OS X................................................................................................................................. 11-38
Contents-4
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12
11.10
11.10.1
Registering the ICC profiles in the printer driver ..................................................................... 11-39
Setting the printer driver ................................................................................................................ 11-39
For Windows .................................................................................................................................. 11-39
For Mac OS X................................................................................................................................. 11-40
11.11
11.11.1
Banner printing function............................................................................................................. 11-42
Paper.............................................................................................................................................. 11-42
Applicable paper ............................................................................................................................ 11-42
11.11.2
11.11.3
11.11.4
Printer drivers and supported operating systems.......................................................................... 11-42
Configuring the printer driver ......................................................................................................... 11-42
Printing........................................................................................................................................... 11-43
Settings on the Control Panel
12.1
12.1.1
12.2
12.2.1
12.2.2
12.2.3
12.2.4
12.2.5
12.2.6
12.2.7
12.2.8
12.2.9
12.2.10
12.2.11
12.2.12
12.2.13
12.2.14
12.2.15
12.2.16
12.2.17
12.2.18
12.2.19
12.2.20
12.2.21
12.2.22
12.2.23
12.2.24
12.2.25
12.2.26
12.2.27
12.2.28
12.2.29
12.2.30
12.2.31
12.3
12.3.1
12.4
12.4.1
12.4.2
12.4.3
12.4.4
12.4.5
12.4.6
Basic operations of User Settings............................................................................................... 12-3
Displaying the User Settings screen ................................................................................................ 12-3
User settings ................................................................................................................................. 12-5
PDL Setting ...................................................................................................................................... 12-5
Number of Copies............................................................................................................................ 12-6
Original Direction ............................................................................................................................. 12-7
Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP ................................................................................................ 12-8
A4/A3<->LTR/LGR Auto Switch ...................................................................................................... 12-9
Banner Sheet Setting ..................................................................................................................... 12-10
Binding Direction Adjustment ........................................................................................................ 12-11
Line Width Adjustment................................................................................................................... 12-12
Gray Background Text Correction ................................................................................................. 12-13
Paper Tray...................................................................................................................................... 12-14
Paper Size...................................................................................................................................... 12-15
2-Sided Print .................................................................................................................................. 12-16
Binding Position ............................................................................................................................. 12-17
Staple ............................................................................................................................................. 12-18
Punch ............................................................................................................................................. 12-19
Banner Sheet Paper Tray............................................................................................................... 12-20
Font Settings.................................................................................................................................. 12-21
Symbol Set..................................................................................................................................... 12-22
Font Size ........................................................................................................................................ 12-23
Line/Page ....................................................................................................................................... 12-24
CR/LF Mapping.............................................................................................................................. 12-25
Print PS Errors ............................................................................................................................... 12-26
ICC Profile Settings........................................................................................................................ 12-27
Auto Trapping ................................................................................................................................ 12-29
Black Overprint .............................................................................................................................. 12-30
Verify XPS Digital Signature ........................................................................................................... 12-31
Print Reports .................................................................................................................................. 12-32
TIFF Image Paper Setting .............................................................................................................. 12-33
Link File Error Notification.............................................................................................................. 12-35
Use Proxy Server ........................................................................................................................... 12-36
Print................................................................................................................................................ 12-38
Basic operations in Administrator Settings.............................................................................. 12-40
Displaying the Administrator Settings screen................................................................................ 12-40
Administrator Settings................................................................................................................ 12-42
Print/Fax Output Setting ................................................................................................................ 12-42
Output Tray Settings...................................................................................................................... 12-43
Delete Secure Print Documents..................................................................................................... 12-44
Auto Delete Secure Document ...................................................................................................... 12-45
ID & Print Delete Time .................................................................................................................... 12-46
ID & Print Delete after Print Setting................................................................................................ 12-47
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
Contents-5
12.4.7
12.4.8
12.4.9
12.4.10
12.4.11
12.4.12
12.4.13
12.4.14
12.4.15
12.4.16
12.4.17
12.4.18
12.4.19
13
Skip Job Operation Settings .......................................................................................................... 12-48
ID & Print Settings.......................................................................................................................... 12-49
ID & Print Operation Settings ......................................................................................................... 12-50
Print without Authentication........................................................................................................... 12-51
Single Color > 2 Color Output Management ................................................................................. 12-52
I/F timeout setting .......................................................................................................................... 12-53
Print XPS Errors ............................................................................................................................. 12-54
Web Connection Direct Print ......................................................................................................... 12-55
Configuring Authentication under OpenAPI Settings .................................................................... 12-56
Configuring the cellular phone or PDA settings............................................................................. 12-57
Print Data Capture ......................................................................................................................... 12-58
Secure Print Only ........................................................................................................................... 12-59
Driver Password Encryption Setting .............................................................................................. 12-60
Web Connection
13.1
13.1.1
13.1.2
13.1.3
Using Web Connection ................................................................................................................. 13-3
Operating environment .................................................................................................................... 13-3
Accessing Web Connection............................................................................................................. 13-3
Web browser cache ......................................................................................................................... 13-4
For Internet Explorer ........................................................................................................................ 13-4
For Netscape Navigator ................................................................................................................... 13-4
For Mozilla Firefox............................................................................................................................ 13-4
13.2
13.2.1
Login and Logout .......................................................................................................................... 13-5
Login and logout flows..................................................................................................................... 13-5
When user authentication or account track is not enabled ............................................................. 13-5
When User Authentication or Account Track is enabled ................................................................. 13-6
13.2.2
13.2.3
Logout.............................................................................................................................................. 13-7
Login ................................................................................................................................................ 13-8
Login options ................................................................................................................................... 13-8
Logging in as a public user .............................................................................................................. 13-9
Logging in as a registered user...................................................................................................... 13-10
Logging in to the administrator mode............................................................................................ 13-11
Logging in as the User Box Administrator ..................................................................................... 13-12
13.3
13.4
13.4.1
13.4.2
13.4.3
13.4.4
13.4.5
13.4.6
13.5
13.5.1
13.5.2
13.5.3
13.5.4
13.5.5
13.5.6
13.5.7
13.5.8
13.5.9
13.5.10
Structure of pages ...................................................................................................................... 13-13
Overview of the user mode ........................................................................................................ 13-15
Information ..................................................................................................................................... 13-15
Job ................................................................................................................................................. 13-16
User Box ........................................................................................................................................ 13-16
Direct print ..................................................................................................................................... 13-17
Address Registration...................................................................................................................... 13-18
Customize ...................................................................................................................................... 13-19
Administrator mode overview.................................................................................................... 13-20
Maintenance .................................................................................................................................. 13-20
System Settings ............................................................................................................................. 13-21
Security .......................................................................................................................................... 13-22
User authentication/Account track ................................................................................................ 13-23
Network.......................................................................................................................................... 13-24
User Box ........................................................................................................................................ 13-25
Printer Setting ................................................................................................................................ 13-26
Address Registration...................................................................................................................... 13-27
Fax Settings ................................................................................................................................... 13-28
Setting for each purpose ............................................................................................................... 13-29
Contents-6
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
14
Troubleshooting
14.1
14.2
14.2.1
14.2.2
14.2.3
15
16
Cannot print................................................................................................................................... 14-3
Cannot configure the settings/Cannot print according to the settings................................... 14-5
The printer driver settings have no effect ........................................................................................ 14-5
Others .............................................................................................................................................. 14-6
Error message.................................................................................................................................. 14-6
Appendix
15.1
15.2
15.2.1
15.2.2
15.2.3
15.2.4
15.3
15.3.1
15.3.2
Product specifications.................................................................................................................. 15-3
Printing reports ............................................................................................................................. 15-7
Configuration page .......................................................................................................................... 15-7
PCL font list ..................................................................................................................................... 15-8
PS font list........................................................................................................................................ 15-9
GDI demo page.............................................................................................................................. 15-10
PPD driver (For Linux and applications) ................................................................................... 15-11
PPD driver types ............................................................................................................................ 15-11
PPD driver for Linux ....................................................................................................................... 15-11
Registering the PPD driver for Linux.............................................................................................. 15-11
Configuring the PPD driver for Linux ............................................................................................. 15-11
Registering the PPD driver for OpenOffice .................................................................................... 15-11
Printing with OpenOffice ................................................................................................................ 15-12
15.3.3
PPD driver for applications ............................................................................................................ 15-12
How to print ................................................................................................................................... 15-12
15.4
Glossary ....................................................................................................................................... 15-13
Index
16.1
16.2
Index by item ................................................................................................................................. 16-3
Index by button.............................................................................................................................. 16-6
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
Contents-7
Contents-8
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
1
Introduction
1.1
1
Welcome
1
Introduction
1.1
Welcome
Thank you for purchasing this machine.
This User's Guide describes the functions, operating instructions, precautions for correct operation, and simple troubleshooting guidelines of this machine. In order to obtain maximum performance from this product
and use it effectively, please read this User's Guide as necessary.
1.1.1
User's guides
Printed manual
Overview
[Quick Guide Copy/Print/Fax/Scan/Box Operations]
This manual describes operating procedures and the
functions that are most frequently used in order to enable you to begin using this machine immediately.
This manual contains notes and precautions that
should be followed to ensure safe usage of this machine.
Please be sure to read this manual before using this
machine.
This manual describes details on trademarks and
copyrights.
• Trademarks and copyrights
User's guide DVD manuals
Overview
[User's Guide Copy Operations]
This manual describes details on copy mode operations and the settings of this machine.
• Specifications of originals and copy paper
• Copy function
• Maintaining this machine
• Troubleshooting
[User's Guide Enlarge Display Operations]
This manual describes details on operating procedures of the enlarge display mode.
• Copy function
• Scanning function
• G3 fax function
• Network fax function
[User's Guide Print Operations]
This manual describes details on printer functions.
• Printer function
• Setting the printer driver
[User's Guide Box Operations]
This manual describes details on the boxed functions
using the hard disk.
• Saving data in user boxes
• Retrieving data from user boxes
• Transferring and printing data from user boxes
[User's Guide Network Scan/Fax/Network Fax
Operations]
This manual describes details on transmitting
scanned data.
• E-mail TX, FTP TX, SMB TX, Save in User Box,
WebDAV TX, Web Services
• G3 fax
• IP Address Fax, Internet Fax
[User's Guide Fax Driver Operations]
This manual describes details on the fax driver function that transmits faxes directly from a computer.
• PC-FAX
[User's Guide Network Administrator]
This manual describes details on setting methods for
each function using the network connection.
• Network settings
• Settings using Web Connection
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
1-3
1
1.1.2
Welcome
1.1
User's guide DVD manuals
Overview
[User's Guide Advanced Function Operations]
This manual describes details on functions that become available by registering the optional license kit
and by connecting to an application.
• Web browser function
• Image panel
• PDF Processing Function
• Searchable PDF
• My panel and My address functions
User's Guide
This User's Guide is intended for users ranging from those using this machine for the first time to administrators.
It describes basic operations, functions that enable more convenient operations, maintenance procedures,
simple troubleshooting operations, and various setting methods of this machine.
Note that basic technical knowledge about the product is required to enable users to perform maintenance
work or troubleshooting operations. Limit your maintenance and troubleshooting operations to the areas explained in this manual.
Should you experience any problems, please contact our service representative.
1-4
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
1.2
1
Conventions used in this manual
1.2
Conventions used in this manual
1.2.1
Symbols used in this manual
Symbols are used in this manual to express various types of information.
The following describes each symbol related to correct and safe usage of this machine.
To use this machine safely
7 WARNING
-
This symbol indicates that a failure to heed the instructions may lead to death or serious injury.
7 CAUTION
-
This symbol indicates that negligence of the instructions may lead to mishandling that may cause injury
or property damage.
NOTICE
This symbol indicates a risk that may result in damage to this machine or documents.
Follow the instructions to avoid property damage.
Procedural instruction
0
This check mark indicates an option that is required in order to use conditions or functions that are prerequisite for a procedure.
1
This format number "1" represents the first step.
2
This format number represents the order of serial steps.
% This symbol indicates a supplementary explanation of a procedural instruction.
%
The operation procedures are described
using illustrations.
This symbol indicates transition of the control panel to access a desired menu item.
This symbol indicates a desired page.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
1-5
1
Conventions used in this manual
1.2
d Reference
This symbol indicates a reference.
View the reference as required.
Key symbols
[]
Key names on the touch panel and computer screen, or manual names are indicated by these brackets.
Bold text
Key names, part names, product names and option names on the control panel are indicated in bold text.
1.2.2
Document and paper indications
Paper size
The following explains the indication for documents and paper described in this manual.
When indicating the document or paper size, the Y side represents the
width and the X side the length.
Paper indication
w indicates the paper size with the length (X) being longer than the
width (Y).
v indicates the paper size with the length (X) being shorter than the
width (Y).
1-6
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
2
Overview
2.1
2
2
Printer controller
Overview
This chapter describes the overview and connection environment of the printer controller that provides the
printer function.
2.1
Printer controller
The printer controller is a device that enables the printing and network printing functions on this machine.
2.1.1
Roles of the printer controller
Incorporating the printer controller enables this machine to function as a printing system, allowing printing
using applications on the computer connected to this machine. When using this machine as a network printer, you can print using applications on the computer.
1
2
3
1. This machine
2. Printer controller
3. Printing system
The printer controller provides the following functions.
Printing data sent from a printer driver on a computer
Support of network protocols including TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6), IPX/SPX, and AppleTalk
Printing via a network using Web service (Windows Vista/Server 2008), SMB (Windows), LPR or IPP
printing
Configuring settings for this machine and the printer controller from a client computer via the network
(using a Web browser)
Control of the number of pages to be printed (the User Authentication and Account Track functions)
Fax operations using a computer (PC-FAX transmission)
d Reference
To use the fax function, the optional Fax Kit is required. For details on the PC-FAX transmission, refer to the
[User's Guide Fax Driver Operations].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
2-3
2
2.1.2
Printer controller
2.1
Flow of printing
The following outlines the flow of operations for using this printing system as a printer.
Print data sent from an application is received by the printer driver.
The data is sent to the machine via the USB interface for USB connection or via Ethernet (TCP/IP, IPX/SPX,
AppleTalk) for network connection. Then the data is passed from the machine to the printer controller. The
printer controller rasterizes images (expands output target characters and images to bitmap data). This data
is printed from this machine.
Computer
When using USB
connection
When using
network connection
Application
Application
Printer driver
Printer driver
USB
Ethernet
(TCP/IP, IPX/SPX)
This machine
Print
Printer controller
PCL processing (Rasterization)
While this machine is operating as a printer, originals can be scanned using the copy function or network scan
function. To use the copy function of this machine, press the Copy key on the control panel.
When a print job is received during copying, the data is stored in the memory of this machine. When the copying is completed, the print job is automatically printed.
2-4
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
2.1
2.1.3
2
Printer controller
Control panel
The printer driver settings are mainly configured on the computer. However, printing the font list and configuring the printer controller settings and default print settings are available using the control panel of this machine.
The following describes the important keys used for the printer function.
1
12
11
10
2
3
9
8 7 6
No.
5 4
Name
Description
1
Touch Panel
Various screens and messages are displayed.
Configure various settings by directly pressing the touch
panel.
2
Utility/Counter
Press this key to display the [Utility] screen and the Meter
Count screen.
3
Reset
Press this key to reset all settings (except programmed settings) entered using the control panel or touch panel.
4
Proof Copy
Press this key to perform proof printing when a proof print job
is stored.
5
Start
Press this key to start the operation of the selected function.
When this machine is ready to begin the operation, the indicator on the Start key lights up in blue. If the indicator on the
Start key lights up in orange, the operation cannot begin.
6
Data Indicator
Flashes in blue while a print job or fax is being received.
Lights up in blue when a print job or fax is queued to be printed or while it is being printed.
7
C (clear)
Press this key to erase a value entered using the keypad or
characters entered from the keyboard on the screen.
8
Keypad
Press to enter numbers. Use the keypad to enter the administrator password or other setting values.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
2-5
2
Printer controller
No.
2.1
Name
Description
Access
If user authentication and account track is enabled, press this
key after entering the user name and password (for user authentication) or the account name and password (for account
track) in order to use this machine.
10
User Box
Press this key to enter User Box mode. While the machine is
in User Box mode, the indicator on the User Box key lights
up in green. For details, refer to the [User's Guide Box Operations].
11
Fax/Scan
Press this key to enter Fax/Scan mode. While the machine is
in Fax/Scan mode, the indicator on the Fax/Scan key lights
up in green. For details, refer to the [User's Guide Network
Scan/Fax/Network Fax Operations].
12
Copy
Press this key to enter Copy mode (The machine is in Copy
mode in default). While the machine is in Copy mode, the indicator on the Copy key lights up in green. For details, refer
to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
9
Reference
The default print settings can be changed in the [Utility] mode.
You can use this machine as a printer in either of User Box, Fax/Scan, and Copy modes.
d Reference
For details on proof printing, refer to page 11-3.
2-6
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
2.2
2.2
2
Operating environment
Operating environment
This section describes the system requirements for using this printing system and the interfaces used for
connection.
2.2.1
Connectable computers and operating system
Make sure that the computer to be connected meets the following conditions.
Windows
Windows
Operating system
The supported OS varies depending on the type of printer driver. For details, refer to page 3-4.
CPU
Any processor of the same or higher specifications as recommended for your
operating system
Memory
Memory capacity as recommended for your operating system
Sufficient memory resource is required for your operating system and the applications to be used.
Drive
DVD-ROM drive
Macintosh
Macintosh
Operating system
Mac OS 9.2/OS X (10.2.8, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5)
CPU
PowerPC, Intel Processor
(Intel Processor must be Mac OS X 10.4/10.5 only)
Memory
Memory capacity as recommended for your operating system
Drive
DVD-ROM drive
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
2-7
2
2.2.2
Operating environment
2.2
Interfaces used for connection
To connect this printing system to a computer, the following interfaces can be used.
Ethernet
Use this interface to use this printing system via a network connection.
It supports 1000Base-T, 100Base-TX, and 10Base-T standards. In addition, TCP/IP (LPD/LPR, IPP, SMB),
Web services, IPX/SPX (NetWare), AppleTalk (EtherTalk) protocols are supported.
USB interface
Use this interface to use this printing system via a USB connection. The USB interface can be connected to
a computer running Windows. A USB cable is required for connection. Use a type A (4 pin, male) or type B
(4 pin, male) USB cable. A USB cable measuring three meters or less is recommended.
Connection diagram
The printer cables are connected to each port on this machine.
Back side of the machine
1
2
1. Ethernet port (1000Base-T/100Base-TX/10Base-T)
2. USB port
2-8
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
2.3
2.3
2
Setup procedure
Setup procedure
To use this printing system, you must complete the setup in advance.
The setup refers to a series of procedures for connecting the machine to the computer and installing the printer driver to the computer.
Perform the setup using the following procedures.
2.3.1
For network connection
1
Connect this machine to the computer.
2
Check that the computer to be used is connected to the network.
3
Specify the IP address of this machine, and then connect it to the network.
4
Change the network settings for this machine according to the connection method or protocol.
%
%
%
%
LPR: In [LPD Setting], enable LPD printing.
Port9100: In [TCP/IP Settings], enable the RAW port number (initial setting: [9100]).
SMB: Configure settings of [Print Settings] in [SMB Settings].
IPP/IPPS: In [IPP Settings], enable IPP printing. To use IPPS printing, install the certificate in advance.
% Web Service Print: In [Web Service Settings], enable the print function.
% Bonjour: In [Bonjour Setting], enable Bonjour.
% AppleTalk: In [AppleTalk Settings], enable AppleTalk.
5
Install the printer driver.
% Specify the network port for the printer driver according to the connection method or protocol.
6
Install the screen fonts.
% The DVD-ROM contains the European TrueType fonts as "screen fonts". The "Screen Font" or
"Screen Fonts" folder in the DVD-ROM contains the screen fonts.
% Install the screen fonts using the standard function for the OS of adding fonts. For details, refer to
Help of the Operating System.
% Macintosh fonts are compressed. Decompress them before installing.
Reference
After installing the printer driver, perform test print to make sure that the connections are made properly.
d Reference
For details on the connectable interfaces, refer to page 2-8.
For details on the network settings, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
The procedure for installing the printer driver varies depending on the connection method, operating system
of the computer, and printer driver. For details, refer to page 3-3.
To update an existing printer driver, uninstall it first. For details, refer to page 7-3.
Configure the interface timeout settings in the Utility menu on the control panel if necessary. For details, refer
to page 12-53.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
2-9
2
2.3.2
Setup procedure
2.3
For local connection
1
Connect this machine to the computer.
2
Install the printer driver.
3
Install the screen fonts.
% The DVD-ROM contains the European TrueType fonts as "screen fonts". The "ScreenFont" or
"Screen Fonts" folder in the DVD-ROM contains the screen fonts.
% Install the screen fonts using the standard function for the OS of adding fonts. For details, refer to
Help of the Operating System.
2-10
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
3
Precautions for Installation
3.1
3
3
Introduction
Precautions for Installation
The following describes the information necessary for selecting a printer driver.
3.1
Introduction
This chapter describes the information you should keep in mind before installing the printer driver.
The procedure for installing the printer driver varies depending on how this machine is connected to the computer, operating system installed on the computer, and type of the printer driver to be installed.
To determine the printer driver to be installed and connection method, check the operating system of the
computer and connection environment.
Select the installation method according to the printer driver and connection method.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
3-3
3
3.2
Printer drivers compatible with respective operating systems
3.2
Printer drivers compatible with respective operating systems
Before using this printing system, you must install the printer driver.
The following lists the printer drivers included on the DVD and the supported operating systems. Select the
required printer driver.
Printer driver
Page description language
Supported Operating Systems
PCL Driver (PCL
driver)
PCL6
Windows NT Workstation Version 4.0 (Service Pack 6 or later)
Windows NT Server Version 4.0 (Service Pack 6 or later)
Windows 2000 Professional (Service Pack 4 or later)
Windows 2000 Server (Service Pack 3 or later)
Windows XP Home Edition (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003, Standard Edition (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise Edition (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition
Windows XP Professional e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003, Standard e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise e64 Edition
Windows Vista Business *
Windows Vista Enterprise *
Windows Vista Home Basic *
Windows Vista Home Premium *
Windows Vista Ultimate *
Windows Server 2008 Standard *
Windows Server 2008 Enterprise *
*
Supports 32-bit (e86)/64-bit (e64) environment.
PostScript driver
(PS driver)
PostScript 3
Emulation
Windows 2000 Professional (Service Pack 4 or later)
Windows 2000 Server (Service Pack 3 or later)
Windows XP Home Edition (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003, Standard Edition (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise Edition (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition
Windows XP Professional e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003, Standard e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise e64 Edition
Windows Vista Business *
Windows Vista Enterprise *
Windows Vista Home Basic *
Windows Vista Home Premium *
Windows Vista Ultimate *
Windows Server 2008 Standard *
Windows Server 2008 Enterprise *
*
Supports 32-bit (e86)/64-bit (e64) environment.
PostScript PPD
driver (PS-PPD)
XPS Driver (XPS
driver)
3-4
Mac OS 9.2 or later,
Mac OS X 10.2.8/10.3/10.4/10.5
XPS
Windows Vista Business *
Windows Vista Enterprise *
Windows Vista Home Basic *
Windows Vista Home Premium *
Windows Vista Ultimate *
Windows Server 2008 Standard *
Windows Server 2008 Enterprise *
*
Supports 32-bit (e86)/64-bit (e64) environment.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
3.2
Printer drivers compatible with respective operating systems
Printer driver
Fax driver
Page description language
3
Supported Operating Systems
Windows NT Workstation Version 4.0 (Service Pack 6 or later)
Windows NT Server Version 4.0 (Service Pack 6 or later)
Windows 2000 Professional (Service Pack 4 or later)
Windows 2000 Server (Service Pack 3 or later)
Windows XP Home Edition (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003, Standard Edition (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise Edition (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition
Windows XP Professional e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003, Standard e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise e64 Edition
Windows Vista Business *
Windows Vista Enterprise *
Windows Vista Home Basic *
Windows Vista Home Premium *
Windows Vista Ultimate *
Windows Server 2008 Standard *
Windows Server 2008 Enterprise *
* Supports 32-bit (e86)/64-bit (e64) environment.
Reference
Select the page description language according to the application used for printing.
Either of the installer or Add Printer Wizard can be used for installing the PCL driver, PS driver, and XPS
driver for Windows.
d Reference
For details on the fax drivers, refer to the [User's Guide Fax Driver Operations].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
3-5
3
3.3
Connection methods selectable in each operating system
3.3
Connection methods selectable in each operating system
The connection method for this machine varies depending on the operating system of the computer. The
printer driver installation method also varies depending on the connection method. This machine can be connected via a network or a USB interface. In network connection, the printer driver installation method varies
depending on the protocol to be used.
Network connection (Ethernet):
This machine is connected as a network printer.
This printing system supports 1000Base-T, 100Base-TX, and 10Base-T standards. In addition, TCP/IP
(LPD/LPR, IPP, SMB), IPX/SPX (NetWare), AppleTalk (EtherTalk) protocols are supported.
The applicable protocols vary depending on the operating system of the computer.
USB interface:
This machine is connected as a local printer. The USB interface can be connected to a computer running
Windows.
For USB connection, this manual covers only the plug and play based setup procedures.
3.3.1
Windows Vista/Server 2008
Setup procedures
Connection method
Reference page
Connection method in which installer-based setup is
possible
Port 9100
A network connection using the
PORT9100 print service. It uses a
TCP/IP protocol and the RAW
printing port.
•
IPP
A network connection using the
IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)
print service. Printing via the Internet is possible with the HTTP
(HyperText Transfer Protocol) of
the TCP/IP protocol.
USB
A connection using a USB port.
LPR
A network connection using the
LPR (Line Printer Remote) print
service. It uses a TCP/IP protocol
and the LPR printing port.
Port9100
A network connection using the
PORT9100 print service. It uses a
TCP/IP protocol and the RAW
printing port.
SMB
A network connection using SMB
(Server Message Block) for sharing files or printers in Windows. It
supports the TCP/IP protocol.
IPP/IPPS
A network connection using the
IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)
print service. Printing via the Internet is possible with the HTTP
(HyperText Transfer Protocol) of
the TCP/IP protocol. IPPS is an
IPP for SSL encrypted communication.
Web service
print
It is a connection corresponding
to Web Service function of Windows Vista/Server 2008 and capable of automatically detecting
the printer on the network.
USB
A connection using a USB port.
USB
A connection using a USB port.
Connection method in which setup
is possible using
Add Printer Wizard
Connection method in which plug
and play-based
setup is possible
3-6
Select a connection
method during installation procedures.
Select [Normal Printing] for the Port 9100
or USB connection
method, or [Internet
Printing] for the IPP
connection method.
p. 4-3
p. 4-10
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
3.3
3
Connection methods selectable in each operating system
Reference
To use Windows Vista/Server 2008, log on to the computer using a user name with Administrator privileges, and then install the printer driver.
d Reference
Before you can use this machine in the network environment, you must configure network settings for this
machine. For details, refer to [User's Guide Network Administrator].
In Windows Vista/Server 2008, you cannot set up IPPS connection (Secure Print) using the installer. To use
IPPS connection, use the Add Printer Wizard. For details, refer to page 4-6.
3.3.2
Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
Setup procedures
Connection method
Reference page
Connection method in which installer-based setup is
possible
Port9100
A network connection using the
PORT9100 print service. It uses a
TCP/IP protocol and the RAW
printing port.
•
IPP/IPPS
A network connection using the
IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)
print service. Printing via the Internet is possible with the HTTP
(HyperText Transfer Protocol) of
the TCP/IP protocol. IPPS is an
IPP for SSL encrypted communication.
USB
A connection using a USB port.
LPR
A network connection using the
LPR (Line Printer Remote) print
service. It uses a TCP/IP protocol
and the LPR printing port.
Port9100
A network connection using the
PORT9100 print service. It uses a
TCP/IP protocol and the RAW
printing port.
SMB
A network connection using SMB
(Server Message Block) for sharing files or printers in Windows. It
supports the TCP/IP protocol.
IPP/IPPS
A network connection using the
IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)
print service. Printing via the Internet is possible with the HTTP
(HyperText Transfer Protocol) of
the TCP/IP protocol. IPPS is an
IPP for SSL encrypted communication.
USB
A connection using a USB port.
USB
A connection using a USB port.
Connection method in which setup
is possible using
Add Printer Wizard
Connection method in which plug
and play-based
setup is possible
Select a connection
method during installation procedures.
Select [Normal Printing] for the Port9100
or USB connection
method, [Internet
Printing] for the IPP
connection method,
or [Secure Printing]
for the IPPS connection method.
Windows XP/ Server
2003: p. 4-11
Windows 2000: p. 4-17
Windows XP/ Server
2003: p. 4-16
Windows 2000: p. 4-21
Reference
To use Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, log on to the computer using a user name with the Administrator privileges, and then install the printer driver.
The installer does not support installation in the IPv6 environment of Windows XP/Server 2003.
d Reference
Before you can use this machine in the network environment, you must configure network settings for this
machine. For details, refer to [User's Guide Network Administrator].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
3-7
3
3.3.3
Connection methods selectable in each operating system
3.3
Windows NT 4.0
Setup procedures
Connection method
Reference page
Connection method in which installer-based setup is
possible
Network connection
LPR
*Select a connection
method during installation procedures. Select
[Normal Printing] for the
LPR connection method.
Connection method in which setup
is possible using
Add Printer Wizard
LPR
A network connection using the
LPR print service.
p. 4-22
Reference
When using Windows NT4.0, log on to the computer using a user name with the Administrator privilege,
and then install the printer driver.
In Windows NT4.0, to install the printer driver for this machine connected directly to the network using
TCP/IP protocol, you must have the [Microsoft TCP/IP Printing] service installed in your computer.
To use the installer in Windows NT4.0, you must have Internet Explorer 5.0 or later installed in your computer.
d Reference
Before you can use this machine in the network environment, you must configure network settings for this
machine. For details, refer to [User's Guide Network Administrator].
3.3.4
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5
Setup procedures
Connection method
Reference page
Connection method in which setup
is possible
Bonjour
A network connection using Bonjour and Rendezvous.
p. 5-3
AppleTalk
A network connection using AppleTalk.
LPR
A network connection using the
LPR print service.
IPP
A network connection using the
IPP print service.
•
Install your desired
driver using the installer and specify
the connection method when selecting
the printer.
d Reference
Before you can use this machine in the network environment, you must configure network settings for this
machine. For details, refer to [User's Guide Network Administrator].
3-8
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
3.3
3.3.5
3
Connection methods selectable in each operating system
Mac OS 9.2
Setup procedures
Connection method
Reference page
Connection method in which setup
is possible
AppleTalk
A network connection using AppleTalk.
p. 5-13
LPR
A network connection using the
LPR print service.
•
Specify the connection method when selecting a printer.
d Reference
Before you can use this machine in the network environment, you must configure network settings for this
machine. For details, refer to [User's Guide Network Administrator].
3.3.6
NetWare
NetWare version
Protocol used
Connection method
NetWare 4.x
IPX
Bindery Pserver Nprinter/Rprinter
NetWare 5.x
IPX
NDS Pserver Nprinter/Rprinter
TCP/IP
NDPS
IPX
NDS Pserver
TCP/IP
NDPS
NetWare 6.x
d Reference
For details on the NetWare functions, refer to the NetWare operation manual.
To use the machine in the NetWare environment, you must configure the network settings for the machine in
advance. For details, refer to [User's Guide Network Administrator].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
3-9
3
3-10
Connection methods selectable in each operating system
3.3
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4
Manual Installation Using the
Add Printer Wizard
4.1
4
4
Windows Vista/Server 2008
Manual Installation Using the Add Printer Wizard
This chapter describes the procedure for installing the Windows printer driver using the standard Windows
Add Printer function, without using the installer.
4.1
Windows Vista/Server 2008
4.1.1
For network connection (LPR/Port 9100/SMB)
In Windows Vista/Server 2008, you can install the printer driver either by searching for the printer on the network, or by creating a new printer port.
Settings for the machine
Before using Port9100, LPR, or SMB printing, you must configure the network settings for the machine.
Items to be configured
Description
IP address
In [TCP/IP Settings] of the machine, specify the IP address.
RAW port number
To use Port9100 printing:
In [TCP/IP Settings] for the machine, enable the RAW port number
(initial setting: [9100]).
LPD Setting
To use LPR printing:
In [LPD Setting] for the machine, enable LPD printing.
SMB Setting
To use SMB printing:
At [Print Settings] in [SMB Settings] for the machine, specify NetBIOS Name, Print Service Name, and Workgroup.
d Reference
For details on the network settings for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
To use SMB printing in the IPv6 environment, [Direct Hosting Setting] for the machine must be enabled. For
details, refer to [User's Guide Network Administrator].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4-3
4
Windows Vista/Server 2008
4.1
Installing the printer driver by searching for the printer using the Add Printer
Wizard
0
0
Installing the driver to Windows Vista/Server 2008-based computers requires the administrator authority.
Since the printer is searched for during the installation, be sure to connect this machine to the network
before turning it on.
1
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
2
Click [Start], and then select [Control Panel].
3
Click [Printers] under [Hardware and Sound].
The [Printers] window appears.
% When [Control Panel] is displayed in Classic View, double-click [Printers].
4
Click [Add a printer] on the toolbar.
The [Add Printer] window appears.
5
Click [Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer].
Connected printers are detected.
% If no printer is detected, turn this machine off, then on again.
In this case, turn off the printer, and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again.
If you turn this machine on immediately after turning it off, it may not function correctly.
6
Select your machine from the list, and then click [Next].
% To use the LPR/Port9100 protocol, select the printer with its IP address.
% To use the SMB connection, select the printer with its "\\NetBIOS name\print service name".
% For the SMB connection, click [Next], and then click [OK] in the [Connect to Printer] page that appears.
% It may take some time to finish searching the entire list of printers.
7
Click [Have Disk...].
8
Click [Browse...].
9
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [Open].
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver, XPS driver and fax driver
10
Click [OK].
The [Printers] list appears.
11
Click [Next].
% To use the SMB connection, click [OK].
12
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
% If the [User Account Control] window appears, click [Continue].
% If the [Windows Security] window for verifying the publisher appears, click [Install this driver software anyway].
13
Click [Finish].
14
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers] window.
15
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
4-4
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4.1
Windows Vista/Server 2008
4
Installing the printer driver by creating a printer port
0
0
Installing the driver to Windows Vista/Server 2008-based computers requires the administrator authority.
Since the printer is searched for during the installation, be sure to connect this machine to the network
before turning it on.
1
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
2
Click [Start], and then select [Control Panel].
3
Click [Printers] under [Hardware and Sound].
The [Printers] window appears.
% When [Control Panel] is displayed in Classic View, double-click [Printers].
4
Click [Add a printer] on the toolbar.
The [Add Printer] window appears.
5
Click [Add a local printer].
The page for [Choose a printer port] appears.
6
Click [Create a new port:], and then select the port type.
% To use the LPR/Port9100 protocol, select [Standard TCP/IP Port].
% To use the SMB connection, select [Local Port].
7
Click [Next].
8
Specify the IP address and port.
% To use the LPR/Port9100 protocol, select [TCP/IP Device], and then enter the IP address.
% To use the SMB connection, enter "\\NetBIOS name\print service name" in the [Port Name] box.
% Enter the same NetBIOS name and print service name specified in [Print Settings] in [SMB Settings].
9
Click [Next].
% If the [Additional Port Information Required] dialog box appears, go to Step 10.
% If the [Install the printer driver] dialog box appears, go to Step 13.
10
Select [Custom], and then click [Settings...].
11
Change the settings according to the port, and then click [OK].
% For LPR connection, select [LPR], and then enter "Print" in the [Queue Name:] box.
% You must discriminate between upper and lower case letters when entering it.
% For Port9100, select [Raw], and then enter a RAW port number (initial setting: [9100]) in the [Port
Number:] box.
% If both LPR and Port9100 are enabled on this machine, the printer driver is connected to this machine using LPR.
12
Click [Next].
The [Install the printer driver] page appears.
13
Click [Have Disk...].
14
Click [Browse...].
15
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [Open].
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver, XPS driver and fax driver
16
Click [OK].
The [Printers] list appears.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4-5
4
Windows Vista/Server 2008
17
Click [Next].
18
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
4.1
% If the [User Account Control] window appears, click [Continue].
% If the [Windows Security] window for verifying the publisher appears, click [Install this driver software anyway].
19
Click [Finish].
20
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers] window.
21
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
4.1.2
For network connection (IPP/IPPS)
Settings for the machine
To use IPP printing, you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance.
Items to be configured
Description
IP address
In [TCP/IP Settings] of the machine, specify the IP address.
IPP Setting
In [IPP Settings] for the machine, enable IPP printing.
d Reference
For details on the network settings for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Before you can use IPPS printing, you must register a certificate with this machine. You can use the selfsigned certificate that is preinstalled in this machine. For details, refer to [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard
0
Installing the driver to Windows Vista/Server 2008-based computers requires the administrator authority.
1
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
2
Click [Start], and then select [Control Panel].
3
Click [Printers] under [Hardware and Sound].
The [Printers] window appears.
% When [Control Panel] is displayed in Classic View, double-click [Printers].
4
Click [Add a printer] on the toolbar.
The [Add Printer] window appears.
5
Click [Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer].
Connected printers are detected.
6
4-6
In the window showing the search result, click [The printer that I want isn't listed].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4.1
Windows Vista/Server 2008
7
4
In the [Select a shared printer by name] box, enter the URL for the machine in the following format, and
then click [Next].
% http://<IP address for the machine>/ipp
Example: When the IP address for the machine is 192.168.1.20, http://192.168.1.20/ipp
% When specifying to use IPPS printing, enter "https://<host name>.<domain name>/ipp". <Host
name>. For <domain name>, specify the host name and domain name registered for the DNS server
being used.
% If the certificate for the machine is not the one issued by the certifying authority, you must register
the certificate for the machine on the Windows Vista/Server 2008 system as the certificate by
"Trusted Root Certification Authorities" for the computer account.
% When registering a certificate to the machine, confirm that <host name>.<domain name> is displayed as the common name of the certificate.
8
Click [Have Disk...].
9
Click [Browse...].
10
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [Open].
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver, XPS driver and fax driver
11
Click [OK].
The [Printers] list appears.
12
Click [OK].
13
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
% If the [User Account Control] window appears, click [Continue].
% If the [Windows Security] window for verifying the publisher appears, click [Install this driver software anyway].
14
Click [Finish].
15
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers] window.
16
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
Once the settings for the printer have been configured, you can use the printer in the same way as a general
local printer.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4-7
4
4.1.3
Windows Vista/Server 2008
4.1
For network connection (Web service print)
In Windows Vista/Server 2008, printers supporting the Web service print function on the network can be located and installed.
d Reference
To install a different printer driver in the computer where one has already been installed, you must uninstall
the currently installed one along with its package. For details, refer to page 7-3.
Settings for the machine
To use the Web service print, you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance.
Items to be configured
Description
IP address
In [TCP/IP Settings] of the machine, specify the IP address.
Web Service Settings
In [Web Service Settings] for the machine, enable the print function.
d Reference
For details on the network settings for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Installing the printer from the Network window
0
Installing the driver to Windows Vista/Server 2008-based computers requires the administrator authority.
1
Turn on the power of the machine while it is connected to the network.
Since the printer is searched for during the installation, be sure to connect the machine to the network.
2
To use the Web service print, check that [Network discovery] is enabled in [Network and Sharing Center] on the computer.
3
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
4
Press the [Start] key, and then select [Network].
The [Network] window appears, starting to search for the computers and devices on the network.
5
Select the device name of the machine, and then click [Install] on the toolbar.
% If the [User Account Control] window appears, click [Continue].
A printer compatible with the selected Web service print function is located, and then the [Found New
Hardware] dialog box appears.
6
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
% If the [User Account Control] window appears, click [Continue].
% If the [Windows Security] window for verifying the publisher appears, click [Install this driver software anyway].
d Reference
The operating steps in the [Found New Hardware] dialog box are the same as those described in "Installing
the printer driver by specifying the IP address using the Add Printer Wizard". For details, refer to Steps 11
through 20 in the succeeding section.
4-8
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4.1
Windows Vista/Server 2008
4
Installing the printer driver by specifying the IP address using the Add Printer
Wizard
0
0
Installing the driver to Windows Vista/Server 2008-based computers requires the administrator authority.
Since the printer is searched for during the installation, be sure to connect this machine to the network
before turning it on.
1
Turn on the power of the machine while it is connected to the network.
Since the printer is searched for during the installation, be sure to connect the machine to the network.
2
To use the Web service print, check that [Network discovery] is enabled in [Network and Sharing Center] on the computer.
3
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
4
Click [Start], and then select [Control Panel].
5
Click [Printers] under [Hardware and Sound].
The [Printers] window appears.
% When [Control Panel] is displayed in Classic View, double-click [Printers].
6
Click [Add a printer] on the toolbar.
The [Add Printer] window appears.
7
Click [Add a local printer].
The page for [Choose a printer port] appears.
8
Click [Create a new port:], and then select the port type.
% Select [Standard TCP/IP Port].
9
Click [Next].
10
Select [Web Services Device], enter the IP address, and click [Next].
A printer of the entered IP address that is compatible with the Web service print function is located, and
then the [Found New Hardware] dialog box appears.
11
Click [Locate and install driver software (recommended)].
12
If a dialog box to confirm whether to search online appears, click [Don't search online].
13
Click [Browse my computer for driver software (advanced)].
14
Click [Browse...].
15
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [Open].
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver, XPS driver and fax driver
16
Click [Next].
17
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
% If the [User Account Control] window appears, click [Continue].
% If the [Windows Security] window for verifying the publisher appears, click [Install this driver software anyway].
18
Click [Close].
19
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers] window.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4-9
4
Windows Vista/Server 2008
20
4.1
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
4.1.4
For local connection
When this machine is connected via a USB port, the printer driver can be installed with plug and play.
Reference
When a USB connection is used, the printer driver is installed easily with the plug and play feature. However, it can also be installed using the Add Printer Wizard. To use the Add Printer Wizard, select the
USB port to be connected in the [Choose a printer port] page.
1
Connect this machine to the computer using a USB cable, and then start the computer.
NOTICE
When starting up the computer, do not plug in or unplug the cable.
2
Turn on the main power of this machine.
The [Found New Hardware] dialog box appears.
% If the [Found New Hardware] dialog box does not appear, turn this machine off, then on again. In
this case, turn off this machine, and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again.
If you turn this machine on immediately after turning it off, it may not function correctly.
3
Click [Locate and install driver software (recommended)].
The dialog box requesting the disk (DVD-ROM) appears.
% If you do not have the disk (DVD-ROM), click [I don't have the disc, show me other options]. On the
next page, select [Browse my computer for driver software (advanced)], and then specify a desired
printer driver folder.
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used.
4
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
The information on the disk is searched for, and then the list of the software supported by this machine
appears.
5
Select a desired printer driver name, and then click [Next].
% Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver, XPS driver and fax driver
6
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
% If the [User Account Control] window appears, click [Continue].
7
When the installation completes, click [Close].
8
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers] window.
% If the [Windows Security] window for verifying the publisher appears, click [Install this driver software anyway].
9
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
4-10
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4.2
4
Windows XP/Server 2003
4.2
Windows XP/Server 2003
4.2.1
For network connection (LPR/Port9100)
To use LPR/Port9100 printing, specify the port while installing the printer driver.
Settings for the machine
To use Port9100 or LPR printing, you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance.
Items to be configured
Description
IP address
In [TCP/IP Settings] of the machine, specify the IP address.
RAW port number
To use Port9100 printing:
In [TCP/IP Settings] for the machine, enable the RAW port number
(initial setting: [9100]).
LPD Setting
To use LPR printing:
In [LPD Setting] for the machine, enable LPD printing.
d Reference
For details on the network settings for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard
0
Installing the driver to Windows XP/Server 2003-based computers requires the administrator authority.
1
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
2
Click [Start], and then select [Printers and Faxes].
% If [Printers and Faxes]is not displayed in the [Start] menu, open [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu,
click [Printers and Other Hardware], then click [Printers and Faxes].
3
In Windows XP, select [Add a printer] from the [Printer Tasks] menu.
In Windows Server 2003, double-click [Add Printer].
[Add Printer Wizard] starts.
4
Click [Next >].
5
Select [Local printer attached to this computer], and then click [Next >].
% Clear the [Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer] check box.
The [Select a Printer Port] page appears.
6
Select [Create a new port:], and then select [Standard TCP/IP Port] as the [Type of port:].
7
Click [Next >].
[Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard] starts.
8
Click [Next >].
9
In the [Printer Name or IP Address:] box, enter the IP address for the machine, and then click [Next >].
% If the [Additional Port Information Required ] dialog box appears, go to Step 10.
% If the [Finish] screen appears, go to Step 13.
10
Select [Custom], and then click [Settings:].
11
Change the settings according to the port, and then click [OK].
% For LPR connection, select [LPR], and then enter "Print" in the [Queue Name:] box.
% You must discriminate between upper and lower case letters when entering it.
% For Port9100, select [Raw], and then enter a RAW port number (initial setting: [9100]) in the [Port
Number:] box.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4-11
4
Windows XP/Server 2003
12
Click [Next >].
13
Click [Finish].
4.2
[Add Printer Wizard] appears.
14
Click [Have Disk...].
15
Click [Browse...].
16
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [Open].
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver and fax driver
17
Click [OK].
The [Printers] list appears.
18
Click [Next >].
19
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
% To use a network connection, perform a test print after the network settings have been configured.
20
Click [Finish].
% If the "Windows logo testing" or [Digital Signature] window appears, click [Continue Anyway] or
[Yes].
21
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers
and Faxes] window.
22
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
4-12
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4.2
4.2.2
4
Windows XP/Server 2003
For network connection (SMB)
To use SMB printing, specify the port by specifying the printer while installing the printer driver. The printer
can be specified either by searching for the printer on the network, or by entering the printer name directly.
Settings for the machine
To use SMB printing, you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance.
Items to be configured
Description
IP address
In [TCP/IP Settings] of the machine, specify the IP address.
SMB Setting
To use SMB printing:
At [Print Settings] in [SMB Settings] for the machine, specify NetBIOS Name, Print Service Name, and Workgroup.
d Reference
For details on the network settings for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
To use SMB printing in the IPv6 environment, [Direct Hosting Setting] for the machine must be enabled. For
details, refer to [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Installing the printer driver by specifying the printer using the Add Printer
Wizard
0
Installing the driver to Windows XP/Server 2003-based computers requires the administrator authority.
1
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
2
Click [Start], and then select [Printers and Faxes].
% If [Printers and Faxes]is not displayed in the [Start] menu, open [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu,
click [Printers and Other Hardware], then click [Printers and Faxes].
3
In Windows XP, select [Add a printer] from the [Printer Tasks] menu.
In Windows Server 2003, double-click [Add Printer].
[Add Printer Wizard] starts.
4
Click [Next >].
5
Select [Local printer attached to this computer], and then click [Next >].
% Clear the [Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer] check box.
The page for [Select a Printer Port] appears.
6
Click [Create a new port:], select [Local Port] as the [Type of port:], and then click [Next >].
7
Enter "\\NetBIOS name\print service name" in the [Port Name] box.
% Enter the same NetBIOS name and print service name specified in [Print Settings] in [SMB Settings].
8
Click [OK].
[Add Printer Wizard] appears.
9
Click [Have Disk...].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4-13
4
Windows XP/Server 2003
10
Click [Browse...].
11
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [Open].
4.2
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver and fax driver
12
Click [OK].
The [Printers] list appears.
13
Click [Next >].
14
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
% To use a network connection, perform a test print after the network settings have been configured.
15
Click [Finish].
% If the "Windows logo testing" or [Digital Signature] window appears, click [Continue Anyway] or
[Yes].
16
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers
and Faxes] window.
17
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
4.2.3
For network connection (IPP/IPPS)
To use IPP printing, specify the port while installing the printer driver.
Settings for the machine
To use IPP printing, you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance.
Items to be configured
Description
IP address
In [TCP/IP Settings] of the machine, specify the IP address.
IPP Setting
In [IPP Settings] for the machine, enable IPP printing.
d Reference
For details on the network settings for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Before you can use IPPS printing, you must register a certificate with this machine. You can use the selfsigned certificate that is preinstalled in this machine. For details, refer to [User's Guide Network Administrator].
4-14
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4.2
4
Windows XP/Server 2003
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard
0
Installing the driver to Windows XP/Server 2003-based computers requires the administrator authority.
1
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
2
Click [Start], and then select [Printers and Faxes].
% If [Printers and Faxes]is not displayed in the [Start] menu, open [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu,
click [Printers and Other Hardware], then click [Printers and Faxes].
3
In Windows XP, select [Add a printer] from the [Printer Tasks] menu.
In Windows Server 2003, double-click [Add Printer].
[Add Printer Wizard] starts.
4
Click [Next >].
5
In the [Local or Network Printer] page, select [A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer], and then click [Next >].
6
In the [Specify a Printer] page, select [Connect to a printer on the Internet or on a home or office network:].
7
In the [URL:] field, enter the URL for the machine in the following format, and then click [Next >].
% http://<IP address for the machine>/ipp
Example: When the IP address for the machine is 192.168.1.20, http://192.168.1.20/ipp
% When specifying to use IPPS printing, enter "https://<IP address for the machine>/ipp".
% If a confirmation dialog box appears after clicking [Next >], click [OK].
8
Click [Have Disk...].
9
Click [Browse...].
10
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [Open].
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver and fax driver
11
Click [OK].
The [Printers] list appears.
12
Click [OK].
13
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
14
Click [Finish].
% If the "Windows logo testing" or [Digital Signature] window appears, click [Continue Anyway] or
[Yes].
15
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers
and Faxes] window.
16
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
Once the settings for the printer have been configured, you can use the printer in the same way as a general
local printer.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4-15
4
4.2.4
Windows XP/Server 2003
4.2
For local connection
When this machine is connected via a USB port, the printer driver can be installed with plug and play.
Reference
When a USB connection is used, the printer driver is installed easily with the plug and play feature. However, it can also be installed using the Add Printer Wizard. To use the Add Printer Wizard, select the
USB port to be connected in the [Choose a printer port] page.
1
Connect this machine to the computer using a USB cable, and then start the computer.
NOTICE
When starting up the computer, do not plug in or unplug the cable.
2
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
3
Turn on the main power of this machine.
The [Found New Hardware Wizard] window appears.
% If the [Found New Hardware Wizard] window does not appear, turn the machine off, then on again.
In this case, turn off this machine, and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on
again. If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off, it may not function correctly.
% If a page with a message saying "Windows connect to Windows Update" appears, select ["No, not
this time"].
4
Select [Install from a list or specific location (Advanced)], and then click [Next >].
5
Under [Search for the best driver in these locations.], select [Include this location in the search:], and
then click [Browse].
6
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [OK].
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver and fax driver
7
Click [Next >], and then follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
8
Click [Finish].
% If the "Windows logo testing" or [Digital Signature] window appears, click [Continue Anyway] or
[Yes].
9
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers
and Faxes] window.
10
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
4-16
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4.3
4
Windows 2000
4.3
Windows 2000
4.3.1
For network connection (LPR/Port9100)
To use LPR/Port9100 printing, specify the port while installing the printer driver.
Settings for the machine
To use Port9100 or LPR printing, you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance.
Items to be configured
Description
IP address
In [TCP/IP Settings] of the machine, specify the IP address.
RAW port number
To use Port9100 printing:
In [TCP/IP Settings] for the machine, enable the RAW port number
(initial setting: [9100]).
LPD Setting
To use LPR printing:
In [LPD Setting] for the machine, enable LPD printing.
d Reference
For details on the network settings for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard
0
Installing the driver to Windows 2000-based computers requires the administrator authority.
1
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
2
Click [Start], and then select [Settings] - [Printers].
3
Double-click [Add Printer].
[Add Printer Wizard] starts.
4
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
5
On the window for specifying how the printer is attached, select [Local printer], and then click [Next >].
% Clear the [Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer] check box.
The page for [Select the Printer Port] appears.
6
Click [Create a new port:], and then select [Standard TCP/IP Port] as the type of port.
7
Click [Next >].
[Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard] starts.
8
Click [Next >].
9
In the [Printer Name or IP Address:] box, enter the IP address for the machine, and then click [Next >].
% If the [Additional Port Information Required ] dialog box appears, go to Step 10.
% If the [Finish] page appears, go to Step 13.
10
Select [Custom], and then click [Settings...].
11
Change the settings according to the port, and then click [OK].
% For LPR connection, select [LPR], and then enter "Print" in the [Queue Name:] box.
% You must discriminate between upper and lower case letters when entering it.
% For Port9100, select [Raw], and then enter a RAW port number (initial setting: [9100]) in the [Port
Number:] box.
12
Click [Next >].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4-17
4
Windows 2000
13
4.3
Click [Finish].
[Add Printer Wizard] appears.
14
Click [Have Disk...].
15
Click [Browse...].
16
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [Open].
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver and fax driver
17
Click [OK].
The [Printer:] list appears.
18
Click [Next >].
19
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
20
Click [Finish].
% If the [Digital Signature] window appears, click [Yes].
21
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers] window.
22
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
4-18
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4.3
4.3.2
4
Windows 2000
For network connection (SMB)
To use SMB printing, specify the port by specifying the printer while installing the printer driver.
Settings for the machine
To use SMB printing, you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance.
Items to be configured
Description
IP address
In [TCP/IP Settings] of the machine, specify the IP address.
SMB Setting
To use SMB printing:
At [Print Settings] in [SMB Settings] for the machine, specify NetBIOS Name, Print Service Name, and Workgroup.
d Reference
For details on the network settings for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard
0
Installing the driver to Windows 2000-based computers requires the administrator authority.
1
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
2
Click [Start], and then select [Settings] - [Printers].
3
Double-click [Add Printer].
[Add Printer Wizard] starts.
4
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
5
On the window for specifying how the printer is attached, select [Local printer], and then click [Next >].
% Clear the [Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer] check box.
The page for [Select the Printer Port] appears.
6
Click [Create a new port:], and then select [Local Port] as the port type.
7
Click [Next >].
8
Enter "\\NetBIOS name\print service name" in the [Port Name] box.
% Enter the same NetBIOS name and print service name specified in [Print Settings] in [SMB Settings].
9
Click [OK].
[Add Printer Wizard] appears.
10
Click [Have Disk...].
11
Click [Browse...].
12
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [Open].
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver and fax driver
13
Click [OK].
The [Printer:] list appears.
14
Click [Next >].
15
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4-19
4
Windows 2000
16
4.3
Click [Finish].
% If the [Digital Signature] window appears, click [Yes].
17
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers] window.
18
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
4.3.3
For network connection (IPP/IPPS)
For IPP printing, configure the network settings before installing the printer driver.
Settings for the machine
To use IPP printing, you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance.
Items to be configured
Description
IP address
In [TCP/IP Settings] of the machine, specify the IP address.
IPP Setting
In [IPP Settings] for the machine, enable IPP printing.
d Reference
For details on the network settings for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Before you can use IPPS printing, you must register a certificate with this machine. You can use the selfsigned certificate that is preinstalled in this machine. For details, refer to [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard
0
Installing the driver to Windows 2000-based computers requires the administrator authority.
1
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
2
Click [Start], and then select [Settings] - [Printers].
3
Double-click the [Add Printer] icon.
[Add Printer Wizard] starts.
4
Click [Next].
5
In the [Local or Network Printer] page, select [Network printer], and then click [Next >].
6
In the [Locate Your Printer] page, select [Connect to a printer on the Internet or your intranet].
7
In the [URL:] field, enter the URL for the machine in the following format, and then click [Next].
% http://<IP address for the machine>/ipp
Example: When the IP address for the machine is 192.168.1.20, http://192.168.1.20/ipp
% When specifying to use IPPS printing, enter "https://<IP address for the machine>/ipp".
8
When the confirmation dialog box appears, click [OK].
9
Click [Have Disk...].
10
Click [Browse...].
11
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [Open].
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver and fax driver
4-20
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4.3
Windows 2000
12
4
Click [OK].
The [Printer:] list appears.
13
Click [OK].
14
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
15
Click [Finish].
% If the [Digital Signature] window appears, click [Yes].
16
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers] window.
17
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
Once the settings for the printer have been configured, you can use the printer in the same way as a general
local printer.
4.3.4
For local connection
When this machine is connected via a USB port, the printer driver can be installed with plug and play.
Reference
When a USB connection is used, the printer driver is installed easily with the plug and play feature. However, it can also be installed using the Add Printer Wizard. To use the Add Printer Wizard, select the
USB port to be connected in the [Select the Printer Port] page.
1
Connect this machine to the computer using a USB cable, and then start the computer.
NOTICE
When starting up the computer, do not plug in or unplug the cable.
2
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
3
Turn on the main power of this machine.
The [Found New Hardware Wizard] window appears.
% If the [Found New Hardware Wizard] window does not appear, turn the machine off, then on again.
In this case, turn off this machine, and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on
again. If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off, it may not function correctly.
4
Click [Next >].
5
Select [Search for a suitable driver for my device (recommended)], and then click [Next >].
6
Select [Specify a Location], and then click [Next >].
7
Click [Browse...].
8
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [Open].
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:
PCL driver, PS driver and fax driver
9
Click [OK], and then follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
10
Click [Finish].
% If the [Digital Signature] window appears, click [Yes].
11
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers] window.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4-21
4
Windows NT 4.0
12
4.4
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
4.4
Windows NT 4.0
4.4.1
For network connection (LPR)
To use LPR printing, specify the port while installing the printer driver.
Settings for the machine
To use LPR printing, you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance.
Items to be configured
Description
IP address
In [TCP/IP Settings] of the machine, specify the IP address.
LPD Setting
To use LPR printing:
In [LPD Setting] for the machine, enable LPD printing.
d Reference
For details on the network settings for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard
0
0
Installing the driver to Windows NT 4.0-based computers requires the administrator authority.
In Windows NT4.0, to use the LPR port, you must have the [Microsoft TCP/IP Printing] service installed
in your computer.
1
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
2
Click [Start], and then select [Settings] - [Printers].
3
Double-click the [Add Printer] icon.
[Add Printer Wizard] starts.
4
On the page for specifying how the printer is attached, select [This computer].
5
Click [Next >].
A page for selecting a port appears.
6
Click [Add Port...].
7
From the [Available Printer Ports] list, select [LPR Port], and then click [New Port...].
8
Enter the IP address of the machine in the "Address" box, enter "Print" in the "Queue Name" box, and
then click [OK].
% You must discriminate between upper and lower case letters when entering it.
9
Select the created port, and then click [Next >].
10
Click [Have Disk...].
11
Click [Browse...].
12
Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD-ROM, and then click [Open].
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used. Selectable printer drivers:PCL driver and fax driver
13
Click [OK].
The [Printer:] list appears.
4-22
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4.4
Windows NT 4.0
4
14
Click [Next >].
15
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
16
Click [Finish].
17
After finishing the installation, make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the [Printers] window.
18
Remove the DVD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive.
This completes the printer driver installation.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
4-23
4
4-24
Windows NT 4.0
4.4
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
5
Installation on Macintosh
Computers
5.1
5
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5
5
Installation on Macintosh Computers
This chapter describes the settings necessary when using Macintosh and the procedure for installing printer
drivers for Macintosh.
5.1
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5
5.1.1
Installing the printer driver
1
Start the Macintosh computer.
2
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Macintosh into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
% Exit all running applications, if any.
3
Open the folder in the DVD-ROM that contains the desired printer driver.
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used.
4
Copy the driver file onto the desktop according to the Mac OS version.
%
%
%
%
%
5
OS X 10.2: 36C-1_102.pkg
OS X 10.3: 36C-1_103104.pkg
OS X 10.4: 36C-1_103104.pkg
OS X 10.5: 36C-1_105.pkg
For OS X 10.5, the driver folder varies depending on the paper size. Select the appropriate driver
folder for your environment.
To use metric-based paper size (A4 and the like): Select a file in "WW_A4" folder.
To use inch-based paper size (8 1/2 e 11 in letter size): Select "WW_Letter" folder.
Double-click the file copied onto the desktop.
The installer starts.
% To cancel installation, press [Cancel].
6
Click [Continue] following the instructions on the pages that follow until the [Installation] page appears.
% When the name and password prompt appears during the procedure, enter the administrator name
and password.
7
In the [Installation] page, click [Install].
The printer driver is installed in the computer. When the installation is completed, a message appears.
% For OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4, when the printer driver is installed for the second and subsequent times,
[Install] may change to [Upgrade].
8
Click [Close].
This completes the printer driver installation.
Next, select a printer.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
5-3
5
5.1.2
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5
5.1
Selecting and connecting a printer (OS X 10.4/10.5)
In OS X 10.4/10.5, the printer can be connected with Bonjour, AppleTalk, LPR (LPD), or IPP.
After configuring the network setting for the machine, selecting this machine as the printer to be used in the
[Print & Fax] window enables printing.
Configuring the Bonjour settings
Configuring the [Bonjour Setting] for the machine
Enable Bonjour in [Bonjour Setting] for the machine, and then enter the Bonjour name.
d Reference
For details on the [Bonjour Setting] for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Adding a printer
1
In the [Apple Menu], select [System Preferences...].
2
Click the [Print & Fax] icon.
3
Click [+] on the [Print & Fax] window.
4
Click [Default].
Connected printers are detected.
% If no printer is detected, turn this machine off, then on again.
In this case, turn off this machine, and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on
again. If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off, it may not function correctly.
5
From the [Printer Name] list, select the desired Bonjour-connected model name.
The printer driver corresponding to the selected printer name is automatically selected.
% After the printer driver is selected, go to Step 7.
% If an incorrect printer driver is selected, go to Step 6.
6
Select the desired printer driver manually.
% When OS X 10.5 is used, select the [Select a driver to use...] from the [Print Using:], and then select
the printer driver of the desired model name from the list.
% When OS X 10.4 is used, select [GENERIC] from the [Print Using:], and then select the printer driver
of the desired model name from the list.
7
Click [Add].
When the selected printer is registered in the [Print & Fax], the setting procedure is completed.
% If the [Installable Options] window appears, proceed to change the option settings as necessary.
For details, refer to page 9-5.
Reference
For OS X 10.4, you can also add a printer by clicking [Add] in the [Printer Setup Utility] window.
5-4
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
5.1
5
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5
Configuring the AppleTalk settings
Configuring the [AppleTalk Settings] for the machine
Enable AppleTalk in [AppleTalk Settings], and then enter the printer name.
d Reference
For details on the [AppleTalk Settings] for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Configuring the [AppleTalk Settings] for the computer
Configure the AppleTalk settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer.
1
In the [Apple Menu], select [System Preferences...].
2
Click the [Network] icon.
3
The Ethernet setting window appears.
% For OS X 10.5, select [Ethernet], and then click [Advanced...].
% For OS X 10.4, select [Built-in Ethernet], and then click [Configure...].
4
Double-click the [AppleTalk] tab to enable AppleTalk.
5
Click the close button at the top left corner of the window.
% When the [This service has unsaved changes] message appears, click [Apply].
Adding a printer
1
In the [Apple Menu], select [System Preferences...].
2
Click the [Print & Fax] icon.
3
Click [+] on the [Print & Fax] window.
4
Click [Default].
Connected printers are detected.
% If no printer is detected, turn this machine off, then on again.
In this case, turn off this machine, and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on
again. If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off, it may not function correctly.
5
From the [Printer Name] list, select the desired AppleTalk-connected model name.
The printer driver corresponding to the selected printer name is automatically selected.
% After the printer driver is selected, go to Step 7.
% If an incorrect printer driver is selected, go to Step 6.
6
Select the desired printer driver manually.
% When OS X 10.5 is used, select the [Select a driver to use...] from the [Print Using:], and then select
the printer driver of the desired model name from the list.
% When OS X 10.4 is used, select [GENERIC] from the [Print Using:], and then select the printer driver
of the desired model name from the list.
7
Click [Add].
When the selected printer is registered in the [Print & Fax], the setting procedure is completed.
% If the [Installable Options] window appears, proceed to change the option settings as necessary.
For details, refer to page 9-5.
Reference
For OS X 10.4, you can also add a printer by clicking [Add] in the [Printer Setup Utility] window.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
5-5
5
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5
5.1
Configuring the LPR settings
[TCP/IP Settings] for the machine
Specify the IP address for the machine.
[LPD Setting] for the printer
Before using LPR printing, enable LPD printing in [LPD Setting] for the machine.
d Reference
For details on specifying the IP address for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
For details on the [LPD Setting] for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Configuring the TCP/IP settings for the computer
Configure the TCP/IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer.
1
In the [Apple Menu], select [System Preferences...].
2
Click the [Network] icon.
3
The Ethernet setting window appears.
% For OS X 10.5, select [Ethernet], and then click [Advanced...].
% For OS X 10.4, select [Built-in Ethernet], and then click [Configure...].
4
Click the [TCP/IP] tab.
5
Configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask according to the settings of the network to which the Macintosh computer is connected.
6
Click the close button at the top left corner of the window.
% When the [This service has unsaved changes] message appears, click [Apply].
Adding a printer
1
In the [Apple Menu], select [System Preferences...].
2
Click the [Print & Fax] icon.
3
Click [+] on the [Print & Fax] window.
4
Click [IP] or [IP Printer].
5
In [Protocol:], select [Line Printer Daemon - LPD].
6
In [Address:], enter the IP address for the machine.
The printer driver corresponding to this machine being identified with its IP address is automatically selected.
% After the printer driver is selected, go to Step 8.
% If an incorrect printer driver is selected, go to Step 7.
7
Select the desired printer driver manually.
% When OS X 10.5 is used, select the [Select a driver to use...] from the [Print Using:], and then select
the printer driver of the desired model name from the list.
% When OS X 10.4 is used, select [GENERIC] from the [Print Using:], and then select the printer driver
of the desired model name from the list.
8
Click [Add].
When the selected printer is registered in the [Print & Fax], the setting procedure is completed.
% If the [Installable Options] window appears, proceed to change the option settings as necessary.
For details, refer to page 9-5.
5-6
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
5.1
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5
5
Reference
For OS X 10.4, you can also add a printer by clicking [Add] in the [Printer Setup Utility] window.
Configuring the IPP settings
[TCP/IP Settings] for the machine
Specify the IP address for the machine.
[IPP Settings] for the machine
In [IPP Settings] for the machine, enable IPP printing.
d Reference
For details on specifying the IP address for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
For details on the [IPP Settings] for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Configuring the TCP/IP settings for the computer
Configure the TCP/IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer.
1
In the [Apple Menu], select [System Preferences...].
2
Click the [Network] icon.
3
The Ethernet setting window appears.
% For OS X 10.5, select [Ethernet], and then click [Advanced...].
% For OS X 10.4, select [Built-in Ethernet], and then click [Configure...].
4
Click the [TCP/IP] tab.
5
Configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask according to the settings of the network to which the Macintosh computer is connected.
6
Click the close button at the top left corner of the window.
% When the [This service has unsaved changes] message appears, click [Apply].
Adding a printer
1
In the [Apple Menu], select [System Preferences...].
2
Click the [Print & Fax] icon.
3
Click [+] on the [Print & Fax] window.
[Printer Browser] appears.
4
Click [IP] or [IP Printer].
5
In [Protocol:], select [Internet Printing Protocol - IPP].
6
In [Address:], enter the IP address for the machine. In [Queue:], enter "ipp".
The printer driver corresponding to this machine being identified with its IP address is automatically selected.
% After the printer driver is selected, go to Step 8.
% If an incorrect printer driver is selected, go to Step 7.
7
Select the desired printer driver manually.
% When OS X 10.5 is used, select the [Select a driver to use...] from the [Print Using:], and then select
the printer driver of the desired model name from the list.
% When OS X 10.4 is used, select [GENERIC] from the [Print Using:], and then select the printer driver
of the desired model name from the list.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
5-7
5
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5
8
5.1
Click [Add].
When the selected printer is registered in the [Print & Fax], the setting procedure is completed.
% If the [Installable Options] window appears, proceed to change the option settings as necessary.
For details, refer to page 9-5.
Reference
For OS X 10.4, you can also add a printer by clicking [Add] in the [Printer Setup Utility] window.
5-8
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
5.1
5.1.3
5
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5
Selecting and connecting a printer (OS X 10.2/10.3)
In OS X 10.2/10.3, the printer can be connected with Rendezvous, AppleTalk, LPR (LPD), or IPP.
After configuring the network setting for the machine, selecting this machine as the printer to be used in
[Printer Setup Utility] or [Print Center] enables printing.
Configuring the Rendezvous settings
Configuring the [Bonjour Setting] for the machine
Enable Bonjour in [Bonjour Setting] for the machine, and then enter the Bonjour name.
d Reference
For details on the [Bonjour Setting] for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Adding a printer
1
Select [Macintosh HD] - [Applications] - [Utilities] where the driver has been installed, and then doubleclick [Printer Setup Utility] or [Print Center] to open it.
2
When the [You have no printers available. ] window appears, click [Add]. When the [Printer List] appears, click [Add].
% If available printers have already been specified, the [You have no printers available. ] window does
not appear.
3
Select [Rendezvous] for the connection method.
Connected printers are detected.
% If no printer is detected, turn this machine off, then on again.
In this case, turn off this machine, and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on
again. If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off, it may not function correctly.
4
From the [Name] list, select the desired model name.
The printer driver corresponding to the selected printer name is automatically selected.
% After the printer driver is selected, go to Step 6.
% If an incorrect printer driver is selected, go to Step 5.
5
Select the desired printer driver manually.
% From [Printer Model], select [GENERIC], and then select the desired model from the list of model
names.
6
Click [Add].
When the selected printer is registered in the [Printer List], the setting procedure is completed.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
5-9
5
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5
5.1
Configuring the AppleTalk settings
Configuring the [AppleTalk Settings] for the machine
Enable AppleTalk in [AppleTalk Settings], and then enter the printer name.
d Reference
For details on the [AppleTalk Settings] for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Configuring the AppleTalk settings for the computer
Configure the AppleTalk settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer.
1
In the [Apple Menu], select [System Preferences...].
2
Click the [Network] icon.
3
From [Show:], select [Built-in Ethernet].
4
Click the [AppleTalk] tab, and then select the [Make AppleTalk Active] check box.
5
Click the close button at the top left corner of the window.
% When the [This service has unsaved changes or Apply configuration changes ] message appears,
click [Apply].
Adding a printer
1
Select [Macintosh HD] - [Applications] - [Utilities] where the driver has been installed, and then doubleclick [Printer Setup Utility] or [Print Center] to open it.
2
When the [You have no printers available. ] window appears, click [Add]. When the printer list appears,
click [Add].
% If available printers have already been specified, the [You have no printers available. ] window does
not appear.
3
Select [AppleTalk] for the connection method, and then select the zone to which the machine is connected.
Connected printers are detected.
% If no printer is detected, turn this machine off, then on again.
In this case, turn off this machine, and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on
again. If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off, it may not function correctly.
4
From the [Name] list, select the desired model name.
The printer driver corresponding to the selected printer name is automatically selected.
% After the printer driver is selected, go to Step 6.
% If an incorrect printer driver is selected, go to Step 5.
5
Select the desired printer driver manually.
% From [Printer Model], select [GENERIC], and then select the desired model from the list of model
names.
6
Click [Add].
When the selected printer is registered in the [Printer List], the setting procedure is completed.
5-10
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
5.1
5
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5
Configuring the LPR settings
[TCP/IP Settings] for the machine
Specify the IP address for the machine.
[LPD Setting] for the printer
Before using LPR printing, enable LPD printing in [LPD Setting] for the machine.
d Reference
For details on specifying the IP address for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
For details on the [LPD Setting] for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Configuring the TCP/IP settings for the computer
Configure the TCP/IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer.
1
In the [Apple Menu], select [System Preferences...].
2
Click the [Network] icon.
3
From [Show], select [Built-in Ethernet].
4
Click the [TCP/IP] tab.
5
Select the [Configure:] item and configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask according to the settings for the network to which the Macintosh computer is connected.
6
Click the close button at the top left corner of the window.
% When the [This service has unsaved changes or Apply configuration changes ] message appears,
click [Apply].
Adding a printer
1
Select [Macintosh HD] - [Applications] - [Utilities] where the driver has been installed, and then doubleclick [Printer Setup Utility] or [Print Center] to open it.
2
When the [You have no printers available. ] window appears, click [Add]. When the printer list appears,
click [Add].
% If available printers have already been specified, the [You have no printers available. ] window does
not appear.
3
Select [IP Printing] for the connection method.
4
For OS X 10.3, select [LPD/LPR] for [Printer Type:].
5
In [Printer Address:], enter the IP address for the machine.
6
From [Printer Model], select [GENERIC], select the desired model from the list of model names, and
then click [Add].
When the selected printer is registered in the [Printer List], the setting procedure is completed.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
5-11
5
Mac OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4/10.5
5.1
Configuring the IPP settings
[TCP/IP Settings] for the machine
Specify the IP address for the machine.
[IPP Settings] for the machine
In [IPP Settings] for the machine, enable IPP printing.
d Reference
For details on specifying the IP address for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
For details on the [IPP Settings] for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Configuring the TCP/IP settings for the computer
Configure the TCP/IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer.
1
In the [Apple Menu], select [System Preferences...].
2
Click the [Network] icon.
3
From [Show], select [Built-in Ethernet].
4
Click the [TCP/IP] tab.
5
Select the [Configure:] item and configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask according to the settings for the network to which the Macintosh computer is connected.
6
Click the close button at the top left corner of the window.
% When the [This service has unsaved changes or Apply configuration changes ] message appears,
click [Apply].
Adding a printer
1
Select [Macintosh HD] - [Applications] - [Utilities] where the driver has been installed, and then doubleclick [Printer Setup Utility] or [Print Center] to open it.
2
When the [You have no printers available. ] window appears, click [Add]. When the printer list appears,
click [Add].
% If available printers have already been specified, the [You have no printers available. ] window does
not appear.
3
Select [IP Printing] for the connection method.
4
For OS X 10.3, select [Internet Printing Protocol - IPP] for [Printer Type:].
5
In [Printer Address:], enter the IP address for the machine.
% Leave [Queue Name:] blank.
6
From [Printer Model], select [GENERIC], select the desired model from the list of model names, and
then click [Add].
When the selected printer is registered in the [Printer List], the setting procedure is completed.
5-12
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
5.2
5
Mac OS 9.2
5.2
Mac OS 9.2
5.2.1
Installing the printer driver
After being connected, this machine can be used as a printer by selecting a PostScript printer and specifying
the"printer description (PPD) file".
First, copy the "printer description (PPD) file" to the computer.
1
Insert the printer driver DVD-ROM for Macintosh into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
2
Open the folder in the DVD-ROM that contains the desired printer driver.
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used.
3
Select the PPD file "36C-1UVxxx.ppd", and copy it to [Macintosh HD] - [System Folder] − [Extension] −
[Printer Descriptions] on the computer.
This completes the printer driver installation.
5.2.2
Selecting and connecting a printer
In OS 9, the printer can be connected using AppleTalk or LPR (LPD).
Configure the network settings for the machine, and then select the printer.
Configuring the AppleTalk settings
Configuring the [AppleTalk Settings] for the machine
Enable AppleTalk in [AppleTalk Settings], and then enter the printer name.
d Reference
For details on the [AppleTalk Settings] for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Configuring the AppleTalk settings for the computer
Configure the AppleTalk settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer.
1
In the [Apple Menu], select [Control Panels] - [AppleTalk].
2
From [Connect via:], select [Ethernet].
3
Click the close button at the top left corner of the window.
% When the [Save changes to the current configuration? ] message appears, click [Save].
Selecting a printer
1
In the [Apple Menu] menu, select [Chooser].
2
Make sure that [AppleTalk] is set to [Active], and then click the "LaserWriter" icon.
3
From the [Select a PostScript Printer:] list, click the desired model name, and then click [Create].
The window for selecting a PostScript printer description (PPD) file appears.
% If a different PPD file has already been selected, click [Setup...] in Step 3, and then click [Select
PPD...] from the window that is already displayed.
4
Click the applicable PPD file, and then click [Select] (or [Open]).
When the selected printer is registered in the [Chooser], the setting procedure is completed.
% If the window showing the installable options appears, proceed to change the option settings as
necessary. Go to Step 5.
% If the [Chooser] window appears, go to Step 7.
5
Specify the options installed in the machine.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
5-13
5
Mac OS 9.2
6
5.2
Click [OK].
The [Chooser] window appears again.
7
Close the [Chooser] window.
Configuring the LPR settings
[TCP/IP Settings] for the machine
Specify the IP address for the machine.
[LPD Setting] for the printer
Before using LPR printing, enable LPD printing in [LPD Setting] for the machine.
d Reference
For details on specifying the IP address for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
For details on the [LPD Setting] for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Configuring the TCP/IP settings for the computer
Configure the TCP/IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer.
1
In the [Apple Menu], select [Control Panels] - [TCP/IP].
2
From [Connect via:], select [Ethernet].
3
Select the [Configure:] item and configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask according to the settings for the network to which the Macintosh computer is connected.
4
Click the close button at the top left corner of the window.
% When the [Save changes to the current configuration? ] message appears, click [Save].
Adding a printer
1
Select [Macintosh HD] - [Applications (Mac OS 9)] - [Utilities], and then double-click [Desktop Printer
Utility] to open it.
The [New Desktop Printer] window appears.
2
In [Printing:], select [LaserWriter].
3
In [Create Desktop...], select [Printer (LPR)].
The [Untitled] window appears.
4
In [PostScriptTM Printer Description (PPD) File], click [Change...].
The window for selecting a PostScript printer description (PPD) file appears.
5
Click the applicable PPD file, and then click [Select].
The [Untitled] window appears again.
6
Click [Change...] for [LPR Printer Selection].
The window for entering the IP address appears.
7
In [Printer Address:], enter the IP address of the machine, and then click [OK].
The [Untitled] window appears again.
8
Click [Create...].
The window for saving the settings appears.
9
Enter the [Save desktop printer as], and then click [Save].
An icon for the LPR printer is created on the desktop.
5-14
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
6
Installation when Using
NetWare
6.1
6
6
NetWare
Installation when Using NetWare
This chapter describes the settings necessary when using NetWare and the procedure for installing printer
drivers for the Windows client.
6.1
NetWare
6.1.1
Network Settings
In the [NetWare Settings] screen for the machine, specify [IPX Setting] and [NetWare Print Mode].
d Reference
For details on the NetWare settings for the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
6.1.2
Configuring the Windows client
For the Windows client that uses a printer, install the printer driver using the [Add Printer Wizard].
0
Administrator authority is required for installation.
1
Insert the printer driver DVD for Windows into the DVD-ROM drive of the computer.
2
Open the [Printers] window or [Printers and Faxes] window.
3
Perform [Add a printer] or [Add Printer].
[Add Printer Wizard] starts.
4
In the port settings, browse the network and specify the name of the created queue (or NDPS printer
name).
5
From the printer model list, specify the desired folder in the DVD-ROM that contains the printer driver.
% Select a folder according to the printer driver, operating system, and language to be used.
Selectable printer drivers:
Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003: PCL driver, PS driver
Windows Vista/Server 2008: PCL driver, PS driver, XPS driver
Windows NT4.0: PCL driver
6
Follow the instructions on the pages that follow to complete the installation.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
6-3
6
6-4
NetWare
6.1
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
7
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
7.1
7
7
Windows
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
This chapter describes the procedure for uninstalling the printer driver.
7.1
Windows
When you have to remove the printer driver, for example, when reinstallation of the printer driver is necessary,
remove the driver using the following procedure.
1
Open the [Printers] window or [Printers and Faxes] window.
2
Select the icon for the printer to be uninstalled.
3
Press the [Delete] key on the computer to uninstall the printer driver.
4
From then on, follow the instructions on the pages that follow.
When the printer driver has been deleted, the icon disappears from the [Printers] or [Printers and Faxes]
window.
In Windows NT 4.0, this completes the uninstallation process. Go to Step 10.
In Windows 2000/XP/Vista/Server 2003/Server 2008, go on to uninstall the printer driver from the server
properties.
5
Open [Server Properties].
% In Windows Vista/Server 2008, right-click on the area that has nothing displayed in the [Printers]
window, click [Run as administrator] - [Server Properties].
% In Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, click the [File] menu, then [Server Properties].
% If the [User Account Control] window appears, click [Continue].
6
Click the [Driver] tab.
7
From the [Installed printer drivers:] list, select the printer driver to be removed, and then click [Remove...].
% In Windows Vista/Server 2008, go to Step 8.
% In Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, go to Step 9.
8
In the dialog box for confirming the items to be removed, select [Remove driver and driver package.],
and then click [OK].
9
In the dialog box for confirming if you are sure to remove the printer, click [Yes].
% In Windows Vista/Server 2008, the dialog box appears to reconfirm if you are sure. Click [Uninstall].
10
Close the open windows, and then restart the computer.
% Be sure to restart the computer.
This completes removing the printer driver.
Reference
In Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, even if the printer driver is deleted using the preceding method, the
model information file will remain in the computer. For this reason, when reinstalling the same version
of the printer driver, the driver may not be rewritten. In this case, remove the following files as well.
–
Check the "C:\WINDOWS\system32\spool\drivers\w32e86" folder ("C:\WINDOWS\system32\spool\drivers\e64" folder in the e64 system, and "C:\WINNT\system32\spool\drivers\w32e86" folder in Windows 2000), and if there is a folder (file described in "oem*.inf" shown below
in Windows 2000) of the corresponding model, remove it. However, if multiple drivers are installed including the PCL driver, PostScript driver and fax driver, the model information of all drivers is deleted.
To leave drivers other than the fax driver, do not remove the folder.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
7-3
7
Windows
–
–
7-4
7.1
From the "C:\WINDOWS\inf" folder ("C:\WINNT\inf" folder in Windows 2000), remove "oem*.inf" and
"oem*.PNF" ("*" included in the file name indicates a number, which differs depending on the computer
environment).
Before removing these files, open the inf file, and then check the model name described on the last few
lines to confirm it is the file for the corresponding model. The number of the PNF file is the same as that
of the inf file.
In Windows Vista/Server 2008, this operation is not necessary if you have selected [Remove driver and
driver package.].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
7.2
7.2
Macintosh
7
Macintosh
When you have to remove the printer driver, for example, when reinstallation of the printer driver is necessary,
remove the driver using the following procedure.
7.2.1
For Mac OS X
1
Open the [Print & Fax] (or [Printer Setup Utility]/[Print Center]) window.
% The [Print & Fax] window can be opened from the [System Preferences...] in the [Apple Menu] (OS
X 10.3/10.4/10.5).
% The [Printer Setup Utility]/[Print Center] window can be opened from [Macintosh HD] - [Applications]
- [Utilities] (OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4).
2
Select the printer name to be deleted, and then click [-] (or [Delete]).
The selected printer is deleted.
3
Close the [Print & Fax] (or [Printer Setup Utility]/[Print Center]) window.
4
Drag the following installed files, which are located in [Macintosh HD] - [Library] − [Printers] − [PPDs] −
[Contents] − [Resources] ([Resources] − [en.lproj] for OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4) to the [Trash] icon.
% [GENERIC36C-1.gz]
% [GENERIC28C-1.gz]
% [GENERIC22C-1.gz]
5
Delete unnecessary files from [Library] - [Printers].
% Drag the [36C-1] folder, which is located in [Library] - [Printers] - [GENERIC], to the [Trash] icon.
% In addition, for Mac OS X 10.2, drag all the [36C-1] folders, which are located in [Library] - [Printers]
- [PPDPlugins], to the [Trash] icon.
6
Restart the computer.
This completes removing the printer driver.
7.2.2
For Mac OS 9.2
1
Drag the printer icon on the desktop to the [Trash] icon.
2
Drag the PPD file "36C-1UVxxx.ppd", which is located in [Macintosh HD] − [System Folder] - [Extension] - [Printer Descriptions], to the [Trash] icon.
The related printer driver files are deleted.
3
Restart the computer.
This completes removing the printer driver.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
7-5
7
Macintosh
7-6
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
7.2
8
Print function of PCL/PS/XPS
drivers for Windows
8.1
8
Print operations
8
Print function of PCL/PS/XPS drivers for Windows
This chapter describes functions of the PCL/PS/XPS printer drivers for Windows.
8.1
Print operations
Print jobs are specified from the application software.
1
Open the data in the application, and click [File]. Then click [Print] from the menu.[Print]
% If the menu is not available, click [Print].
2
Check that the printer name has been selected in [Printer Name] ( or [Select Printer]).
% If the printer is not selected, click to select the printer.
% The [Print] dialog box differs depending on the application.
3
Specify the print range and the number of copies to print.
4
Click [Properties] (or [Preferences]) to change the printer driver settings as necessary.
% Clicking [Properties] or [Preferences] in the [Print] window displays the [Printing Preferences] page
of the printer driver where you can configure various functions. For details, refer to page 8-9.
% [Printing Preferences] of the printer driver changed in the [Print] window are not saved, and the original settings are restored when you exit the application.
5
Click [Print].
Printing is executed and the data indicator of the machine flashes.
% When [Secure Print Only] is set to [On] on [Device Option] of the [Configure] tab, [Secure Print] window appears. Go to Step 6.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8-3
8
Print operations
6
8.1
Enter the ID and password of the document, and then click [OK].
Data is sent and saved in the [Secure Document User Box] of this machine.
d Reference
For details on the [Configure] tab, refer to page 8-5.
For details on secure printing, refer to page 11-6.
8-4
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8.2
8.2
8
Default settings of the printer driver
Default settings of the printer driver
When you have installed the printer driver, you need to change the initialization conditions such as options,
user authentication and account track functions and enable functions of the machine from the [Printing Preferences] window of the printer driver.
NOTICE
If the model name, installed options, user authentication and account track functions for the machine are not
specified on the [Configure] tab, the option functions cannot be used from the [Printing Preferences] window
of the printer driver. Be sure to configure the settings for the installed options.
8.2.1
Displaying the Properties window
1
Open the [Printers] window or [Printers and Faxes] window.
% In Windows Vista/Server 2008, click [Start], open [Control Panel], and then click [Printers] in [Hardware and Sound]. When [Control Panel] is displayed in Classic View, double-click [Printers].
% In Windows XP/Server 2003, click [Start], then [Printers and Faxes].
% In Windows XP/Server 2003, if [Printers and Faxes] is not displayed in the [Start] menu, open [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, select [Printers and Other Hardware], then [Printers and Faxes].
When [Control Panel] is displayed in Classic View, double-click [Printers].
% In Windows 2000/NT 4.0, click [Start], and then select [Settings], then [Printers].
2
8.2.2
Right-click the icon of the installed printer, and click [Properties].
Configure tab
Specify the model name used and presence or absence of the installed options, user authentication and account track functions, and then allow the printer driver to use the functions of the machine.
Item Name
Functions
[Device Option]
Configure the model name of the machine and the status of the installed
printer options and user authentication/account track. Specify the status of
each item in the [Setting] box.
[Paper Tray Information]
Displays the paper type assigned for each paper tray.
Click [Paper Tray Settings...] to configure the settings for each paper tray.
[Acquire Device Information]
Click this button to communicate with this machine and load the status of the
installed options.
[Acquire Settings...]
Click this button to configure conditions such as the destination when you
perform [Acquire Device Information].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8-5
8
Default settings of the printer driver
8.2
Item Name
Functions
[Encrypt. Passphrase]
Any string used to encrypt communication with this machine.
If the encryption passphrase for the machine was changed from [Use Factory
Default] to [User-Defined], enter the same encryption passphrase as for the
machine. An encryption key is automatically created for the entered text, and
used for communication with the machine.
[Software Tools]
Allows you to start up the software tools such as Web Connection.
Reference
Be sure to select a model and options in [Device Option].
When [Secure Print Only] is set to [On] in [Device Option], only the secure print jobs are allowed. For
details on secure printing, refer to page 11-6.
In [Encrypt. Passphrase], enter the encryption passphrase that matches the one that configured in [Driver Password Encryption Setting] of the machine.
The function of [Acquire Device Information] is available only when your computer is connected to and
can communicate with the machine.
To use [Acquire Device Information], in [Administrator Settings] of this machine, set [System Connection] - [OpenAPI Settings] - [Authentication] to [OFF]. For details, refer to page 12-56.
d Reference
For details on allowing the user to specify [Encrypt. Passphrase], refer to page 11-33.
8.2.3
Settings tab
The Settings tab allows you to change the default settings for displaying the confirmation messages or the
window for entering the authentication settings.
8-6
Item Name
Functions
[EMF Spool]
Select this check box when meta file (EMF) spool is required for use in its own
system environment.
[Display Constraint Message]
Select this check box to display the message when functions that cannot be
configured simultaneously are enabled for the printer driver.
[Display paper set in
Print Server Properties]
Select this check box to use forms added in the [Server Properties] dialog
box of the Printers window.
[Verify Authentication
settings before printing]
Select this check box to verify authentication settings for this machine before
printing, and display the message if they are not satisfied.
[Popup Authentication
Dialog when printing]
Select this check box to display the [User Authentication/Account Track] dialog box when specifying printing, prompting entering the user name and account name.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8.2
8
Default settings of the printer driver
Item Name
Functions
[Enter ID/PWD to execute secure print]
Select this check box to display the [Secure Print] dialog box prompting entry
of ID and password when performing secure print.
[Save Custom Size...]
Click this button to register custom paper sizes.
Reference
[EMF Spool] and [Save Custom Size...] are functions available only for the PCL driver.
To use the EMF spool function with a PS/XPS driver, select [Enable advanced printing features] in the
[Advanced] tab to enable the EMF spool.
8.2.4
Registering the default settings
The settings for the machine functions configured when printing can only be applied while using the application. When you exit the application, the settings return to their default settings.
To register the settings, change the printer driver basic settings (default settings).
1
Open the [Printers] window or [Printers and Faxes] window.
% In Windows Vista/Server 2008, click [Start], open [Control Panel], and then click [Printers] in [Hardware and Sound]. When [Control Panel] is displayed in Classic View, double-click [Printers].
% In Windows XP/Server 2003, click [Start], then [Printers and Faxes].
% In Windows XP/Server 2003, if [Printers and Faxes] is not displayed in the [Start] menu, open [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, select [Printers and Other Hardware], then [Printers and Faxes].
When [Control Panel] is displayed in Classic View, double-click [Printers].
% In Windows 2000/NT 4.0, click [Start], and then select [Settings], then [Printers].
2
Right-click the icon of the installed printer, and click [Printing Preferences...].
% In Windows NT 4.0, right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click [Document Defaults...].
The [Printing Preferences] dialog box of the printer appears.
3
Change the settings of the function, and then click [OK] to exit the function.
The changed settings are applied when the printer is used by all of the application software.
d Reference
For details on the function and settings of the printer driver, refer to page 8-9.
The printer driver has the function to save the setting as a [Favorite Setting]. For details, refer to page 8-8.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8-7
8
8.3
Common Setting
8.3
Common Setting
This section describes the settings and buttons common to tabs.
Item Name
Functions
[OK]
Click this button to enable changed settings and close the properties window.
[Cancel]
Click this button to disable (cancel) changed settings and close the properties window.
[Help]
Click this button to display Help of the items in the displayed window.
[Add...] (Favorite Setting)
Click this button to save current settings so that they can be recalled later.
[Edit...](Favorite Setting)
Click this button to change saved settings.
[Default]
Click this button to return to the default settings.
View
Selecting [Paper View] displays the sample page layout based on current settings for checking the output result image.
Selecting [Printer View] displays a printer figure showing the options installed
in the machine such as the paper tray.
Paper:
Printer:
[Printer Information]
8-8
Click this button to start Web Connection and check the printer information.
This button is enabled only when your computer can communicate with this
machine.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8.4
8.4
8
Parameter details
Parameter details
The Printing Preferences window is the window to configure the printer driver functions. Click [Properties] (or
[Preferences]) in the Print dialog box, or right-click the printer icon in the [Printers] or [Printers and Faxes] window, and then specify [Printing Preferences...] ([Document Defaults...] for Windows NT 4.0) to open it.
8.4.1
My Tab
My Tab allows you to customize the display contents. By registering frequently used setting functions to My
Tab, the printer driver can be easier to use, and you can modify various settings from a single window.
Function Name
Option
Description
[More Details]
−
Click this button to display the Help of My Tab.
[Do not show again]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to hide the comment field containing [More Details] from the next time.
[Edit My Tab...]
−
Click this button to register or delete the functions displayed on My Tab.
For details, refer to page 8-10.
Reference
Items other than the above are customized on [Edit My Tab...], and the specific display contents vary
depending on the registered contents.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8-9
8
Parameter details
8.4
Edit [My Tab]
1
On [My Tab], click [Edit My Tab...].
2
Select the function you want to register on [My Tab], and then click [to the LEFT] or [to the RIGHT].
% Select the desired function from those indicated in the respective tabs in [Setting Item List].
% Clicking [to the LEFT] places the selected function on the left side of [My Tab] and likewise clicking
[to the RIGHT] places it on the right side of [My Tab].
% At the left of the functions currently registered to [My Tab], the icons indicating the [LEFT
side]/[RIGHT side] appear.
3
The following describes how to change the layout of the registered functions.
% Select the function whose position you want to move and click [Up], [Down], [Left/Right] as needed.
% To delete a function from [My Tab], select the function you want to delete, and then click [Remove].
4
8-10
Click [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8.4
8.4.2
8
Parameter details
[Basic] tab
The Basic tab allows you to configure the basic printing functions such as paper size and type as well as
output method.
Function Name
Option
Description
[Original Orientation]
Portrait, Landscape
Select the orientation for the original.
[Original Size]
The paper sizes registered as the standard paper sizes and custom
sizes
Select the paper size of the original.
Custom Size
Register custom sizes.
The paper sizes registered as the standard paper sizes and custom
sizes that can be used
with the machine
Specify the output paper size. If it is different from the
original size and the zoom is set to [Auto], the output
image will be enlarged or reduced to fit the size.
Custom Size
Register custom sizes.
[Zoom]
25 to 400%
Select an enlarge or reduce ratio.
[Paper Tray]
Auto, Tray 1 to Tray 4,
LCT, Bypass Tray
Select a paper tray to be used.
Selectable items vary depending on the option installation status.
[Paper Type]
Paper types available for
the machine
Select a paper type to be used for printing.
It can be changed only when Paper Tray is set to [Auto].
When Paper Tray is not set to [Auto], the paper types
registered in [Paper Settings for Each Tray] are available.
[Paper Size]
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8-11
8
Parameter details
8.4
Function Name
Option
Description
[Output Method]
[Print]
Select this option to print immediately.
[Secure Print]
Select this option to save the document to be printed in
[Secure Document User Box] of the machine. When
printing, entering the [ID] and [Password] is required
from the control panel of the machine. Select this option when printing highly confidential documents.
[Save in User Box]
Select this option to save the document to be printed in
a User Box of the machine.
[Save in User Box/Print]
Select this option to save the document in a User Box
and print at the same time.
[Proof Print]
After one copy of the document is printed, the machine
stops printing temporarily. Select this option to avoid
misprinting a large volume of print jobs.
[ID&Print]
Select this option to save the document to be printed in
[ID & Print User Box] of the machine. When printing,
user authentication must be performed via the control
panel of the machine.
[User Settings...]
−
Specify the ID and password, or the file name and User
Box number when performing [Secure Print] or [Save in
User Box].
[Authentication/Account
Track...]
−
Click this button to specify the user name and password when [User Authentication] is enabled on this machine, or the account name and password when
[Account Track] is enabled on this machine.
[Copies]
1 to 9999
Specify the number of copies to be printed.
[Collate]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to collate pages sequentially
when printing multiple sets of copies.
[Offset]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to stagger each set when printing
multiple sets of copies.
[Paper Settings
for Each Tray...]
[Paper Type Settings]
Select a paper tray to be specified.
Selectable items vary depending on the option installation status.
[Paper Type]
Select the type of paper to be loaded onto the paper
tray.
Reference
Paper size "12 e 18" is equivalent to 304.8 e 457.2 mm that is slightly larger than A3.
In [Original Size], you can select A0, A1, A2, B1, B2, or B3; however, the printing paper size is reduced
to the size specified in [Paper Size]. [Same as Original Size] cannot be selected in [Paper Size].
To use paper of which the size is other than the standard sizes, specify the custom paper size. You can
register a custom size by selecting [Custom Size] from the paper size or original size option.
To print data of the size corresponding to the full standard size, selecting "W" of the standard size paper
for original size enables the data to be printed at the center of paper larger than the original size.
For example, if you want to center and print 8-1/2 e 11 size data on 11 e 17 sized paper, create data
with the "8-1/2 e 11W" size, and then, using the printer driver, set [Original Size] to [8-1/2 e 11W] and
specify the paper tray to be used as [Paper Tray].
On the machine side, set 11 e 17 size paper in the tray to be used, select the tray in [Paper] of the [Basic]
screen of the control panel, and select [Change Tray Settings] - [Wide Paper] to specify [8-1/2 e 11W].
Then, confirm that [Auto Detect] is selected for [Custom Size] and 11 e 17 is displayed.
When 12-1/4 e 18 paper is loaded, you must select [12-1/4 e 18] for [Custom Size].
To print on custom sized paper, use the bypass tray, select [Change Tray Settings] - [Wide Paper] to
specify [8-1/2 e 11W], and enter the desired paper size to be used for [Change Size].
Specify [Side2] when printing on the back side of paper.
[User] of Paper Type is the frequently used paper type registered on the machine side. For details on
registering the user paper, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
8-12
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8.4
8
Parameter details
d Reference
For details on the paper sizes loadable in the paper trays, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
For details on the output method, refer to page 11-3.
8.4.3
[Layout] tab
Function Name
Option
Description
[Combination]
2 in 1, 4 in 1, 6 in 1, 9 in
1, 16 in 1, 2 e 2, 3 e 3,
4e4
Select any of the options to print multiple pages of the
original on to one sheet or print information on one
page of the original on to several sheets. In [Combination Details...], specify the page order and use of the
border frame.
[Combination Details...]
[Combination]
Select the combination condition.
[Layout Order]
Specify the layout order. It can be specified when N in
1 is specified for Combination.
[Border]
Specify the presence and type of border lines. It can be
specified when N in 1 is specified for Combination.
[Overlap width line]
Specify the presence of overlap width line. It can be
specified when N e N is specified for Combination.
[Rotate 180]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to rotate the document 180° to
print.
[Skip Blank Pages]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to not print any blank pages.
[Chapters]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to specify the page to be printed
on the front side. It can be specified when Print Type is
[2-Sided] or [Booklet].
[Entry]
−
Specify the pages to be printed on the front side when
[Chapters] is selected.
[Print Type]
[1-Sided], [2-Sided],
[Booklet]
Specify 2-Sided Print or Booklet printing.
[Binding Position]
[Auto], [Left Bind], [Right
Bind], [Top Bind]
Specify the binding position.
[Binding Margin]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to specify the binding margin.
Click [Binding Margin Settings...] to specify the margin
values.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8-13
8
Parameter details
8.4
Function Name
Option
Description
[Binding Margin
Settings...]
[Shift Mode]
Select how to process the image to prepare the page
margin.
[Front Side]/[Back Side]
Specify the binding margin values. For 2-sided printing,
clearing the [Same value for front and back sides]
check box allows you to specify different values for the
front and back sides.
[Unit]
Select a unit to be used for specifying the size.
[Image Shift]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to print by shifting the entire print
image. Click [Image Shift Settings...] to specify the image shift values.
[Image Shift Settings...]
[Unit]
Select a unit to be used for specifying the size.
[Front Side]/[Back Side]
Specify the shift direction and values. For 2-sided printing, clearing the [Same value for Front and Back sides]
check box allows you to specify different values for the
front and back sides.
Reference
The options "2 e 2, 3 e 3 and 4 e 4" for [Combination], which are for printing a sheet of original onto
multiple sheets of paper, are available only for the PCL driver.
The [Skip Blank Pages] function is available for the PCL/XPS drivers.
The positions of binding margins vary according to the [Binding Position] setting.
8.4.4
8-14
[Finish] tab
Function Name
Option
Description
[Staple]
ON/OFF, Left Corner/Right Corner/2 Position (Left)/2 Position
(Right)/2 Position (Top)
Select this check box to specify stapling.
From the drop-down list, specify the number of staples
and the stapling position.
[Center Staple
and Fold]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to specify center staple and fold.
[Punch]
ON/OFF, 2-Hole (Left)/2Hole (Right)/2-Hole
(Top)/3-Hole (Left)/3Hole (Right)/3-Hole
(Top)/4-Hole (Left)/4Hole (Right)/4-Hole (Top)
Select this check box to specify hole punching.
From the drop-down list, specify the number of punches and the punching position.
[Fold]
ON/OFF, [Half-Fold]
Select this check box to specify folding.
From the drop-down list, specify the folding condition.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8.4
8
Parameter details
Function Name
Option
Description
[Output Tray]
Default, Tray 1 and Tray
3
Specify the tray to output the printed pages.
Selectable items vary depending on the option installation status.
[Paper Arrangement]
[Prioritize Arranging Papers]/[Prioritize Productivity]
Specify the method for paper arrangement (adjusting
the binding position) for 2-sided printing. When [Prioritize Arranging Papers] is selected, the paper arrangement process is performed after receiving all data.
When [Prioritize Productivity] is selected, the paper arrangement process is performed while receiving and
printing data.
Reference
The [Staple] function is available only if the optional Finisher FS-527 or Finisher FS-529 is installed.
The [Punch] function is available only when the Punch Kit is installed on the optional Finisher FS-527.
The [Center Staple and Fold] and [Fold] functions are available only when the Saddle Stitcher is installed on the optional Finisher FS-527.
8.4.5
[Cover Mode] tab
Function Name
Option
Description
[Front Cover]
ON/OFF, [Blank]/[Print]
Select this check box to attach a front cover page.
It can be specified when any other option than [Auto] is
selected for Paper Tray.
[Front Cover Tray]
Tray 1 to Tray 4, LCT, Bypass Tray
Select the paper tray for the front cover sheet.
Selectable items vary depending on the option installation status.
[Back Cover]
ON/OFF, [Blank]/[Print]
Select this check box to attach a back cover page.
It can be specified when any other option than [Auto] is
selected for Paper Tray.
[Back Cover Tray]
Tray 1 to Tray 4, LCT, Bypass Tray
Select the paper tray for the back cover sheet.
Selectable items vary depending on the option installation status.
[Per Page Setting]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to insert paper between pages
and switch the paper and tray for each page. [Edit
List...] allows you to create a list specifying conditions
on a page basis.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8-15
8
8.4.6
8-16
Parameter details
8.4
Function Name
Option
Description
[Edit List...]
[List Name]
Select the name of the list to be edited. The settings are
listed.
[Edit List Name...]
Rename a list.
[Up]/[Down]
Click the button to move the selected condition row up
or down. Move the rows so that the page numbers are
arranged in ascending order.
[Add]
Click this button to add a condition. Specify conditions
in [Add/Edit].
[Delete]
Click this button to delete the selected condition row.
[Page Number]
Specify the page numbers using a numerical value. To
specify multiple pages, separate each page number
with a comma or specify the range using a hyphen.
[Print Type]
Specify the print type from the [Change Settings] dropdown list.
[Paper Tray]
Specify the paper tray to be used from the [Change
Settings] drop-down list.
[Staple]
From the [Change Settings] drop-down list, specify the
number of staples and the stapling position.
[Transparency Interleave]
ON/OFF, [Blank]
Select this check box to insert interleaves when printing
transparencies.
It can be specified when [Transparency] is selected for
Paper Type.
[Interleave Tray]
Tray 1 to Tray 4, LCT
Select the paper tray for the transparency interleaves.
Selectable items vary depending on the option installation status.
[Stamp/Composition] tab
Function Name
Option
Description
[Watermark]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to print the document with a watermark (character stamp) overlapped. Clicking [Edit...]
allows you to create, change, or delete watermarks.
[Edit...]
−
For details, refer to page 8-18.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8.4
8
Parameter details
Function Name
Option
Description
[Overlay]
[None]
The overlay function is not used.
[Create Host Image]
Printing the original with this setting creates the overlay
data. Created data is saved in the computer.
[Print Host Image]
Select this option to print the original on top of the overlay data created with [Create Host Image].
Selecting this setting displays the overlay data stored in
the computer in the list below, allowing you to select it.
Clicking [Edit...] allows you to specify the overlay printing conditions.
[Print Device Image]
Select this option to print the original on top of an overlay data of the machine.
Clicking [Edit...] allows you to specify the overlay data
and conditions registered in this machine.
[Edit...]
−
For details, refer to page 8-19.
[Copy Security]
ON/OFF, [Copy Protect]/[Repeatable
Stamp]/[Copy
Guard]/[Password Copy]
Specify the special pattern or password to prevent
copying. Click [Edit...] to specify items to be printed,
positions, composition method and password.
If you select [Password Copy], the [Edit...] screen appears where you can specify a password.
[Edit...]
−
For details, refer to page 8-20.
[Date/Time]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to print the date and time. Click
[Edit...] to specify items and pages to be printed and
positions.
[Page Number]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to print page number. Click [Edit...] to specify items and pages to be printed and positions.
[Edit...]
−
For details, refer to page 8-22.
[Header/Footer]
Machine Setting 1 to Machine Setting 20
Select this check box to print the header and footer.
Select the header/footer from the list specified in the
main unit. Clicking [Edit...] allows you to specify items
and pages to be printed.
[Edit...]
[Acquire Device Information]
Select this option to communicate with the machine to
read the header settings configured on the machine.
[Distribution Control
Number]
When printing multiple copies, this function prints the
number of copies in the header/footer.
[Edit...]
Specify the distribution control number conditions.
[Pages]
Specify the pages to be printed.
[Text Color]
Specify the text color used for printing.
Reference
[Print Device Image] of the [Overlay] function is available only for the PCL driver.
The function of [Acquire Device Information] is available only when your computer is connected to and
can communicate with the machine.
To use [Acquire Device Information] , in [Administrator Settings] of the machine, set [System Connection] - [OpenAPI Settings] - [Authentication] to [OFF]. For details, refer to page 12-56.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8-17
8
Parameter details
8.4
Editing watermark
Function Name
Description
[Watermark Name]
Enter the name of the watermark.
You can enter up to 30 characters.
[Watermark Text]
Enter the text to be printed as the watermark.
You can enter up to 30 characters.
[Add]
Click this button to create a new watermark.
[Delete]
Click this button to delete the selected watermark.
[
8-18
]/[
]
Click the button to change the order of items displays in the list. This allows you to move the frequently used items upward.
[Position]
Select the vertical and lateral positions. You can specify the positions using the scroll bars provided on the right of and under the image.
[Center]
Click this button to return the watermark back to the center position.
[Angle]
Specify the watermark print angle.
[Font Name]
Select the font.
[Size]
Select the size.
[Style]
Select the style.
[Frame]
Select the frame style.
[Text Color]
Specify the watermark text color.
[Transparent]
Select this check box to print the watermark in a transparent image.
[1st Page Only]
Select this check box to print the watermark only on the first page.
[Repeat]
Select this check box to print the watermark on one page repeatedly.
[Sharing]
Select this check box to register the watermark for sharing it with other users or clear this check box to register it for private use.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8.4
8
Parameter details
Editing overlay
The window to be displayed by clicking [Edit...] varies depending on the overlay selection ([Print Host Image]
or [Print Device Image]).
When [Print Host Image] is selected:
You can specify the overlay printing conditions. When the overlay data does not appear in the list, read it by
specifying the file.
Function Name
Description
[Browse Files...]
Click this button to load the overlay file.
[Delete]
Click this button to delete the selected overlay.
[Change 2nd Page and Later]
Select this check box to change the overlay files of the 2nd and subsequent pages.
[File Information]
Displays the information of the selected overlay.
[Pages]
Specify the pages to be printed.
[Overwrite]
Specify the sequence for printing the overlay on top of the original.
When [Print Device Image] is selected:
You can specify the overlay printing conditions by specifying the overlay registered in the machine.
Function Name
Description
[Acquire Device Information]
Select this option to communicate with the machine to read the overlay
settings configured on the machine.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8-19
8
Parameter details
8.4
Function Name
Description
[Overlay Info]
Displays the information of the selected overlay.
[Print on Front Side]/[Print
on Back Side]
Select the check box to specify whether printing is done or not for each of
the front side/back side.
[Overlay Name]
Select the overlay name registered in the machine.
[Browse...]
Click this button to display the detailed information of the selected overlay.
[Select Color]
Select the overlay printing color.
[Density]
Select the overlay printing density.
[Overwrite]
Specify the sequence for printing the overlay on top of the original.
[Same as Front Side]
Clear this check box to specify the same value for both the front and back
sides.
[Pages]
Specify the pages to be printed.
Reference
[Print Device Image] of the [Overlay] function is available only for the PCL driver.
The function of [Acquire Device Information] is available only when your computer is connected to and
can communicate with the machine. To use [Acquire Device Information], in [Administrator Settings] of
this machine, set [System Connection] - [OpenAPI Settings] - [Authentication] to [OFF]. For details, refer
to page 12-56.
Editing the copy security
8-20
Function Name
Description
[Copy Security]
Select a function to prevent unauthorized copying.
[Copy Protect]: Composes the specified text in the background before
printing data. Copy Protect text is not highly visible when printing, but the
text is highlighted when a document is copied illegally.
[Repeatable Stamp]: Composes the specified text before printing data.
This stamp is distinguishable even during printing.
[Copy Guard]: Composes Copy Guard patterns before printing data. If a
document is copied illegally on the machine that supports this function,
the composed pattern is scanned, and the copying process is cancelled.
[Password Copy]: Composes Password Copy patterns before printing data.
If a document is copied illegally on the machine that supports this function, the composed pattern is scanned, and you are prompted to enter the
password. To copy a document, enter the specified password when printing.
[Password]
Enter the password for [Password Copy].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8.4
8
Parameter details
Function Name
Description
[Characters]
Select this check box to embed the selected character string in a pattern.
A preregistered character string (common stamp) or a character string
registered in the machine (registered stamp) can be specified.
[Date/Time]
Select this check box to embed the selected date and time in a pattern.
Click [Edit...] under [Format] to specify the display type and presence or
absence of the time display.
[Serial Number]
Select this check box to embed the serial number of the machine in a pattern.
[Distribution Control
Number]
Select this check box to embed the copy number in a pattern when printing multiple copies. Click [Edit...] under [Start Number] to specify the start
number and number of digit to be displayed.
[Job Number]
Select this check box to embed the print job number in a pattern for documents that are automatically paginated.
[Acquire Device Information]
Select this option to communicate with the machine to read the copy security settings configured on the machine.
Function Name
Description
[Angle]
Specify the pattern angle.
[Text Size]
Specify the text size of a pattern.
[Pattern Color]
Specify the color of the pattern. Click [Adjust Color] to specify the density
and color contrast.
[Pattern Overwrite]
Specify the sequence for printing a pattern on top of the original.
[Background Pattern]
Specify the background pattern.
[Pattern]
Specify the embedding method of a pattern.
Reference
The function of [Acquire Device Information] is available only when your computer is connected to and
can communicate with the machine.
To use [Acquire Device Information] , in [Administrator Settings] of the machine, set [System Connection] - [OpenAPI Settings] - [Authentication] to [OFF]. For details, refer to page 12-56.
Items that can be specified vary depending on the selected [Copy Security] function.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8-21
8
Parameter details
8.4
Editing date/time and page number
8.4.7
Function Name
Description
[Format]
Displays the format of the date and time to be printed. Click [Edit...] to
specify the display type and presence or absence of the time display.
[Pages]
Specify the pages to print the date and time.
[Text Color]
Specify the text color used for printing.
[Print Position]
Specify the print position.
[Starting Page]
Specify the page to start printing the page number.
[Starting Page Number]
Specify the start number for printing the page number.
[Cover Mode]
Specify whether the page number is printed on the front cover page and
the back cover page, when attaching the cover pages.
[Text Color]
Specify the text color used for printing.
[Print Position]
Specify the print position.
[Quality] tab
The functions displayed vary depending on which of the PCL/PS/XPS drivers is used.
PCL driver
8-22
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8.4
8
Parameter details
PS driver
XPS driver
Function Name
Option
Description
[Select Color]
[Auto Color]
Select this option to identify the colors used in the print
data to use them in printing.
[Full Color]
Select this option to print in full-color processes
(YMCK) regardless of the print data (color/gray scale).
[Gray Scale]
Select this option to print in gray scale.
[2 Color]
Select this option to print in 2 colors.
[2 Color]
[Black+Red]
[Black+Green]
[Black+Blue]
[Black+Cyan]
[Black+Magenta]
[Black+Yellow]
It can be specified when you have selected [2 Color] in
[Select Color].
The color area and gray scale area are printed in the
specified 2 colors.
[Print with Black]
ON/OFF
[Text], [Text/Figure], [All]
It can be specified when you have selected [Gray Scale]
in [Select Color].
It protects the tinted characters, lines and figures from
being printed lighter according to the selected conditions.
[Quality Adjustment...]
−
Click this button to adjust the image quality. Select
[Simple] to adjust entire documents or [Detail] to adjust
the text, photos, figures, tables, and graphs in each
original.
For PS drivers, profiles can also be managed here.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8-23
8
Parameter details
8.4
Function Name
Option
Description
[Color Settings]
[Document], [Photo],
[DTP], [Web], [CAD]
Select any of the options to print with a quality suitable
for the selected original.
[Document]: Select this option to print with a quality
suitable for documents with many characters.
[Photo]: Select this option to print with a quality suitable
for photos.
[DTP]: Select this option to print with a quality suitable
for documents produced by DTP.
[Web]: Select this option to print with a quality suitable
for Web page printing.
[CAD]: Select this option to print with a quality suitable
for CAD data printing.
[Pattern]
[Fine], [Coarse]
Specify fineness of the graphic patterns.
[Image Compression]
[Best Quality], [Maximum
Compression]
Specify the compression ratio for a graphic image.
[Auto Trapping]
ON/OFF
Select this option to superimpose neighboring colors to
print so as to prevent white space being generated
around a picture.
[Black Over Print]
ON/OFF
[Text], [Text/Figure]
Select this check box to superimpose black color on a
neighboring color to print so as to prevent white space
being generated around black characters or figures.
You can specify to cause the overlapping on the characters alone or on characters and figures.
[Glossy Mode]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to print using a gloss finish.
[Toner Save]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to adjust the printing density in
order to save the amount of toner consumed.
[Edge Enhancement]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to enhance the edges of characters, graphics and images so that thin lines and small
letters become clearly visible.
[Font Settings...]
−
Select whether to use the TrueType fonts or printer
fonts when printing. In addition, select whether the
fonts to be downloaded are bitmap fonts or outline
fonts.
Reference
The [2 Color] option of [Select Color] is available only for the PCL driver. [2 Color] allows you to specify
a combination of two colors.
The [Full Color] option of [Select Color] is available for the PS/XPS driver.
The [Print with Black] function that becomes available when you select [Gray Scale] in [Select Color] is
available for the PCL/XPS drivers.
The [Pattern] function is available for the PCL/XPS drivers.
The [Image Compression] function is available only for the PCL driver.
The [Auto Trapping] and [Black Over Print] functions are available only for the PS drivers.
For the PS drivers, profile management with [Quality Adjustment] is also available. For details, refer to
page 11-37 and page 11-39.
The [Font Settings] function is available for the PCL/PS drivers.
8-24
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8.4
8.4.8
8
Parameter details
[Other] tab
Function Name
Option
Description
[Excel Job Control]
ON/OFF
When multiple Microsoft Excel sheets with different
page settings are printed at one time, the sheets may
be separated into single-sheet jobs depending on the
data contained. Select this check box to minimize such
job separation.
[Remove White
Background]
ON/OFF
When an overlay file is printed on top of Microsoft PowerPoint data, white areas are removed so that the white
background of the PowerPoint data does not hide the
overlay file. Clear this check box to print the original
data as is without removing the background.
[Thin Line Support]
ON/OFF
When printing with reduced size, thin lines may become
blurred. Select this check box to prevent the thin lines
from becoming blurred.
[Check Driver
Version...]
−
Click this button to display the printer driver version information.
Reference
The [Remove White Background] function is available for the PCL/XPS drivers.
The [Thin Line Support] function is available only for the PCL driver.
The [Excel Job Control] and [Remove White Background] settings are not available in Windows XP Professional e64, Windows Vista e64, Windows Server 2003 e64, or Windows Server 2008 e64.
You can change the [Excel Job Control] setting only when the printer driver setting dialog is displayed
from the [Printers] ([Printers and Faxes] in Windows XP/Server 2003) window.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8-25
8
Parameter details
8-26
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
8.4
9
Print Functions of Mac OS X
9.1
9
9
Print operations
Print Functions of Mac OS X
This chapter describes the functions of the PS printer driver for OS X.
9.1
Print operations
Print jobs are specified from the application software.
1
Open the data in the application, and click [File]. Then click [Print] from the menu.
% If the menu is not available, click [Print].
The [Print] window appears.
2
Check that the desired printer name is selected in [Printer:].
% If the target printer is not selected, select it.
% If the printer does not appear, select the printer from [Print & Fax], [Printer Setup Utility] or [Print
Center]. For details, refer to page 5-4 and page 5-9.
% The [Print] window varies depending on the application software.
3
Specify the print range and the number of copies to print.
% When the setting items are not displayed in OS X 10.5, click
on the right side of [Printer:].
Setting items
Printer options
4
Switch the setting window as necessary to change the printer driver settings.
% When you change the pop-up menu of the print options, another setting window of the printer driver
appears, allowing you to configure various functions. For details, refer to page 9-10.
% The printer driver settings changed in the [Print] window are not saved, and the original settings are
restored when you exit the application.
5
Click [Print].
Printing is executed and the data indicator of the machine flashes.
% When [Secure Print Only] is selected in [Installable Options], the [Secure Print] window appears. Go
to Step 6.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9-3
9
Print operations
6
9.1
Enter the [Secure Print ID:] and [Password:] of the document, and then click [OK].
Data is sent and saved in the [Secure Document User Box] of this machine.
d Reference
For details on [Installable Options], refer to page 9-5.
For details on [Secure Print], refer to page 11-6.
9-4
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9.2
9.2
Default settings of the printer driver
9
Default settings of the printer driver
When you have installed the printer driver, you need to change the initialization conditions such as options
and enable functions of the machine from the printer driver.
NOTICE
Any options that are installed in the machine but not configured ion the [Printer Info] tab cannot be used by
the printer driver. Be sure to configure the settings for the installed options.
9.2.1
Option settings
1
Open the [Print & Fax] (or [Printer Setup Utility]/[Print Center]) window.
% The [Print & Fax] window can be opened from the [System Preferences...] in the [Apple Menu] (OS
X 10.4/10.5).
% The [Printer Setup Utility]/[Print Center] window can be opened from [Macintosh HD] - [Applications]
- [Utilities].
2
Display the [Printer Info] window.
% For the [Print & Fax] window, click [Options & Supplies...] (OS X 10.5) or [Printer Setup...] (OS X 10.4).
% For the [Printer Setup Utility]/[Print Center] window, select [Show Info] of the [Printers] menu.
3
Display the [Installable Options] window.
% For Mac OS X 10.5, click [Driver].
% In OS X 10.2/10.3/10.4, select [Installable Options].
4
Specify the installed options.
5
Click [OK] or [Apply Changes], and then close the [Printer Info] window.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9-5
9
9.2.2
Default settings of the printer driver
9.2
Registering the default settings
The settings for the machine functions configured when printing can only be applied while using the application. When you exit the application, the settings return to their default settings.
To register the settings, save the printer driver settings. For Mac OS X, you can register the paper setting as
the default setting. Settings for other print functions can be saved using the [Presets] function and used by
recalling them as necessary.
Settings configured in the [Page Setup] dialog box are saved by selecting [Save As Default] in [Settings:].
The functions of the printer driver configured in the [Print] window are saved by selecting [Save As] in [Presets:].
These settings can be used by selecting them in [Presets:].
Reference
The [Per Page Setting] list is not saved with the preset.
d Reference
For details on the function and settings of the printer driver, refer to page 9-10.
9-6
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9.3
9.3
Common Setting
9
Common Setting
The following describes the common settings that are displayed when you specify, in the [Print] window, the
functions unique to the machine ([Output Method], [Layout / Finish], [Paper Tray / Output Tray], [Cover Mode
/ Transparency Interleave], [Per Page Setting], [Stamp / Composition] and [Quality]).
OS X 10.5:
OS X 10.4:
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9-7
9
Common Setting
9.3
Item Name
Functions
[Paper View]
Displays the sample page layout based on current settings for checking the
print result image.
[Detailed Information]
Displays the current settings in texts.
[Printer Information]
Displays the installation option status.
[Default]
Click this button to return to the default settings.
[Cancel]
Click this button to disable (cancel) changed settings and close the properties window.
[Print]
Click this button to enable changed settings for printing.
Reference
Clicking [Acquire Device Information] in the Printer Information window communicates with the machine and load the status of the installed options. This function is available only when your computer is
connected to and can communicate with the machine.
9-8
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9.4
9.4
Adding a custom size
9
Adding a custom size
To use paper of other than a standard size, register a custom paper size.
1
From the [File] menu, select [Page Setup] (or [Page Setup]).
2
Open the window for registering a custom size.
% For Mac OS X 10.4/10.5, select [Manage Custom Sizes...] from the Paper Size list.
% For Mac OS X 10.2/10.3, select [Custom Paper Size] from [Settings:].
3
Click [+] (OS X 10.4/10.5) or [New] (OS X 10.2/10.3).
4
Enter the paper size name.
Be sure to use paper size names other than existing names, such as A4 and Custom.
5
Configure the following items.
% Page Size (Paper Size): Specify the paper size.
% Printer Margins: Specify the paper margins.
6
Click [OK] for OS X 10.4/10.5, or click [Save] for OS X 10.2/10.3.
This saves the custom paper size, which can be selected from the Paper Size drop-down list in [Page
Attributes].
Reference
For Mac OS X 10.5, you can also select [Manage Custom Sizes...] with [Paper Size:] in the [Print] window.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9-9
9
9.5
Parameter details
9.5
Parameter details
The printer driver functions are specified in the following windows: [Page Attributes] specified in the [Page
Setup] window and [Output Method], [Layout / Finish], [Paper Tray / Output Tray], [Cover Mode / Transparency Interleave], [Per Page Setting], [Stamp / Composition] and [Quality] specified in the [Print] window.
9.5.1
[Page Attributes]
From the [File] menu, select in [Page Setup] (or [Page Setup]).
Function Name
Option
Description
[Paper Size:]
The paper sizes registered as the standard paper sizes and custom
sizes that can be used
with the machine
Specify the output paper size.
Manage Custom Sizes
(OS X 10.4/10.5)
[Orientation:]
Portrait, Landscape
Select the orientation for the original.
[Scale:]
−
(Varies depending on the
version of OS X.) )
Select an enlarge or reduce ratio.
Reference
Paper size "12 e 18" is equivalent to 304.8 e 457.2 mm that is slightly larger than A3.
To use paper of which the size is other than the standard sizes, specify the custom paper size. For details on registering the custom size, refer to page 9-9.
To print data of the size corresponding to the full standard size, selecting "W" of the standard size paper
for original size enables the data to be printed at the center of paper larger than the original size.
For example, if you want to center and print 8-1/2 e 11 size data on 11 e 17 sized paper, create data
with the "8-1/2 e 11W" size, and then, using the printer driver, set [Paper Size] to [8-1/2 e 11W] and
specify the paper tray to be used as [Paper Tray].
On the machine side, set 11 e 17 size paper in the tray to be used, select the tray in [Paper] of the [Basic]
screen of the control panel, and select [Change Tray Settings] - [Wide Paper] to specify [8-1/2 e 11W].
Then, confirm that [Auto Detect] is selected for [Custom Size] and 11 e 17 is displayed.
When 12-1/4 e 18 paper is loaded, you must select [12-1/4 e 18] for [Custom Size].
To print on custom sized paper, use the bypass tray, select [Change Tray Settings] - [Wide Paper] to
specify [8-1/2 e 11W], and enter the desired paper size to be used for [Change Size].
For Mac OS X 10.5, you can specify [Paper Size] and [Orientation] also from the Print window.
d Reference
For details on the paper sizes loadable in the paper trays, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
9-10
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9.5
9.5.2
9
Parameter details
[Copies & Pages]
From the [File] menu, select in [Print] (or [Print]).
Function Name
Option
Description
[Copies:]
1 to 9999
Specify the number of copies to be printed.
[Collated]
ON/OFF
Do not specify this function.
Specify this function at [Collate] in [Output Method].
[Pages:]
−
Specify the page range to print.
Reference
For OS X 10.5, [Paper Size:] and [Orientation:] are also displayed, but the function is the same as that
available from [Page Attributes].
When the setting items are not displayed in OS X 10.5, click
on the right side of [Printer:].
9.5.3
[Output Method]
Function Name
Option
Description
[Collate]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to collate pages sequentially
when printing multiple sets of copies.
[Offset]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to stagger each set when printing
multiple sets of copies.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9-11
9
Parameter details
9.5
Function Name
Option
Description
[Output Method:]
[Print]
Select this option to print immediately.
[Secure Print]
Select this option to save the document to be printed in
[Secure Document User Box] of the machine. When
printing, entering the ID and password is required from
the control panel of the machine. Select this option
when printing highly confidential documents.
[Save in User Box]
Select this option to save the document to be printed in
a User Box of the machine.
[Save in User Box and
Print]
Select this option to save the document in a User Box
and print at the same time.
[Proof Print]
After one copy of the document is printed, the machine
stops printing temporarily. Select this option to avoid
misprinting a large volume of print jobs.
[ID&Print]
Select this option to save the document to be printed in
[ID & Print User Box] of the machine. When printing,
user authentication must be performed via the control
panel of the machine.
[User Authentication]
−
Select this check box to specify the user name and
password if [User Authentication] has been specified
for the machine.
Selecting this check box displays the setting window.
[Account Track]
−
Select this check box to specify the account name and
password if [Account Track] has been specified for the
machine.
Selecting this check box displays the setting window.
[Detail Settings...]
−
Click this button to display the window for configuring
the detail settings.
d Reference
For details on each print function in [Output Method:], refer to page 11-3.
9-12
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9.5
9
Parameter details
Checking the [Output Method] detail settings
Clicking [Detail Settings...] displays the [Output Method:] functions for which detail settings can be specified.
Clicking [Expand All] displays the settings.
Selecting a function and clicking [Settings...] displays the window for specifying the detail settings for the selected function.
Function Name
Description
[Secure Print]
This is the same window as that appears when you specify [Secure Print]
in [Output Method:].
[Save in User Box]
This is the same window as that appears when you specify [Save in User
Box] or [Save in User Box and Print] in [Output Method:].
[User Authentication]
This is the same window as that appears when you select the [User Authentication] check box in [Output Method:].
[Account Track]
This is the same window as that appears when you select the [Account
Track] check box in [Output Method].
[Administrator Settings]
Select this option to display the window for changing the display settings
of the User Authentication Settings window and changing the [Encryption
Passphrase:].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9-13
9
Parameter details
9.5
Function Name
Description
[Popup Authentication Dialog when printing]
Select this check box to display the User Authentication, Account Track
or Secure Print window when specifying printing, prompting entering the
user name, account name, document ID and password.
[Encryption Passphrase:]
Any string used to encrypt communication with this machine.
If the encryption passphrase for the machine was changed from [Use Factory Default] to [User-Defined], enter the same encryption passphrase as
for the machine.
An encryption key is automatically created for the entered text, and used
for communication with the machine.
[Enhanced Server:]
Set this item to [On] when the external server authentication is used.
Reference
In [Encryption Passphrase:], enter the encryption passphrase that matches the one that configured in
[Driver Password Encryption Setting] of the machine.
d Reference
For details on allowing the user to specify [Encryption Passphrase:], refer to page 11-33.
9.5.4
[Layout / Finish]
The [Layout] window and the [Finish] window can be switched.
9-14
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9.5
9
Parameter details
Function Name
Option
Description
[Print Type:]
[1-Sided], [2-Sided],
[Booklet]
Specify 2-Sided Print or Booklet printing.
[Binding Position:]
[Left Bind], [Right Bind],
[Top Bind]
Specify the binding position.
[Poster Mode:]
Off, 2 e 2, 3 e 3, 4 e 4
Select this option to print one sheet of an original divided into multiple pages. In [Overlap width line], specify
the presence of the border frame.
Printing documents containing pages of different sizes
or orientations in one job may cause images to be partially lost or overlapped.
[Overlap width
line]
ON/OFF
Specify the presence of overlap width line. It can be
specified when Poster Mode is set to an option other
than [Off].
[Rotate 180]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to rotate the document 180° to
print.
[Image Shift]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to print by shifting the entire print
image. In the window that appears when this option is
selected, detailed amount of shift can be specified.
[Front Side]/[Back Side]
Specify the shift direction and values. For 2-sided printing, clearing the [Same value for Front and Back sides]
check box allows you to specify different values for the
front and back sides.
ON/OFF
Select this check box to specify the page to be printed
on the front side. In the window that appears when this
option is selected, the page can be specified.
It can be specified when Print Type is [2-Sided] or
[Booklet].
[Page Number:]
Specify the pages to be printed on the front side when
[Chapters] is selected.
[Staple:]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to specify stapling.
From the drop-down list, specify the number of staples
and the stapling position.
[Punch:]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to specify hole punching.
From the drop-down list, specify the number of punches.
[Fold & Staple:]
OFF, [Center Staple and
Fold], [Half-Fold]
Specify the fold and staple.
[Paper Arrangement:]
[Prioritize Arranging Papers]/[Prioritize Productivity]
Specify the method for paper arrangement (adjusting
the binding position) for 2-sided printing. When [Prioritize Arranging Papers] is selected, the paper arrangement process is performed after receiving all data.
When [Prioritize Productivity] is selected, the paper arrangement process is performed while receiving and
printing data.
[Chapters]
Reference
The [Staple:] function is available only if the optional Finisher FS-527 or Finisher FS-529 is installed.
The [Punch:] function is available only when the Punch Kit is installed on the optional Finisher FS-527.
The [Fold & Staple:] function is available only when the Saddle Stitcher is installed on the optional Finisher FS-527.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9-15
9
9.5.5
Parameter details
9.5
[Paper Tray / Output Tray]
Function Name
Option
Description
[Paper Tray:]
Auto, Tray 1 to Tray 4,
LCT, Bypass Tray
Select a paper tray to be used.
Selectable items vary depending on the option installation status.
[Paper Type:]
Paper types available for
the machine
Select a paper type to be used for printing.
It can be changed only when Paper Tray is set to [Auto].
When Paper Tray is not set to [Auto], the paper types
registered in [Paper Settings for Each Tray...] are available.
[Paper Settings
for Each Tray...]
[Paper Tray:]
Select a paper tray to be specified.
Selectable items vary depending on the option installation status.
[Paper Type:]
Select the type of paper to be loaded onto the paper
tray.
Default, Tray 1 and Tray
3
Specify the tray to output the printed pages.
Selectable items vary depending on the option installation status.
[Output Tray:]
Reference
Specify [Duplex Side 2] when printing on the back side of paper.
[User] of Paper Type is the frequently used paper type registered on the machine side. For details on
registering the user paper, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
9-16
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9.5
9.5.6
9
Parameter details
[Cover Mode / Transparency Interleave]
The [Cover Mode] setting window and the [Transparency Interleave] window can be switched.
Function Name
Option
Description
[Front Cover:]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to attach a front cover page.
It can be specified when any other option than [Auto] is
selected for Paper Tray.
Off, [Print], [Blank]
Select whether to print on the front cover sheet.
Off, Tray 1 to Tray 4,
LCT, Bypass Tray
Select the paper tray for the front cover sheet.
Selectable items vary depending on the option installation status.
ON/OFF
Select this check box to attach a back cover page.
It can be specified when any other option than [Auto] is
selected for Paper Tray.
Off, [Print], [Blank]
Select whether to print on the back cover sheet.
Off, Tray 1 to Tray 4,
LCT, Bypass Tray
Select the paper tray for the back cover sheet.
Selectable items vary depending on the option installation status.
[Back Cover:]
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9-17
9
9.5.7
Parameter details
9.5
Function Name
Option
Description
[Transparency Interleave:]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to insert interleaves when printing
transparencies.
It can be specified when [Transparency] is selected for
Paper Type.
Off, [Blank]
It is specified so that the transparency interleave is output in blank (this setting cannot be changed).
Off, Tray 1 to Tray 4, LCT
Select the paper tray for the transparency interleaves.
Selectable items vary depending on the option installation status.
[Per Page Setting]
The print type and paper tray can be specified for each page. This function is convenient if you want to
change the paper tray while printing multiple pages. The settings can be registered in the list and used as
necessary.
9-18
Function Name
Option
Description
[Per Page Setting:]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to insert paper between pages
and switch the paper and tray for each page.
[Add...]
−
Click this button to display the [Per Page Setting] dialog
box to create a list specifying conditions.
[Delete...]
−
Click this button to delete the list.
[Edit...]
−
Click this button to display the [Per Page Setting] dialog
box to edit a list specifying conditions.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9.5
9
Parameter details
Editing Per Page Setting
9.5.8
Function Name
Description
[List Name:]
Enter the name of the list.
[Add]
Add a condition to the list.
[Delete]
Delete a condition from the list.
[+][,]
Sort the selected condition rows according to page number.
[Page Number:]
Enter the page number of the selected condition row.
Specify the page numbers using a numerical value. To specify multiple
pages, separate each page number with a comma (for example, "2,4,6")
or specify the range using a hyphen (for example, "6-10").
[Print Type:]
Select Print or Blank and 2-Sided or 1-Sided printing for the selected condition row.
[Paper Tray:]
Specify the paper tray used to print the selected condition row.
[Staple:]
Specify the number of staples and the stapling position for the selected
condition row.
[Stamp / Composition]
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9-19
9
Parameter details
9.5
Function Name
Option
Description
[Copy Security]
ON/OFF
Specify the special pattern or password to prevent
copying. Click [Settings...] to specify items to be printed, positions, composition method and password.
[Settings...]
−
For details, refer to page 9-20.
[Date/Time]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to print the date and time. Click
[Settings...] to specify items and pages to be printed
and positions.
[Settings...]
−
For details, refer to page 9-22.
[Page Number]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to print page number. Click [Settings...] to specify items and pages to be printed and
positions.
[Settings...]
−
For details, refer to page 9-22.
[Header/Footer]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to print the header and footer.
Select the header/footer from the list specified in the
main unit. Click [Settings...] to specify items and pages
to be printed.
[Settings...]
−
For details, refer to page 9-23.
Editing the copy security
9-20
Function Name
Description
[Copy Security:]
Select a function to prevent unauthorized copying.
[Copy Protect]: Composes the specified text in the background before
printing data. Copy Protect text is not highly visible when printing, but the
text is highlighted when a document is copied illegally.
[Repeatable Stamp]: Composes the specified text before printing data.
This stamp is distinguishable even during printing.
[Copy Guard]: Composes Copy Guard patterns before printing data. If a
document is copied illegally on the machine that supports this function,
the composed pattern is scanned, and the copying process is cancelled.
[Password Copy]: Composes Password Copy patterns before printing data. If a document is copied illegally on the machine that supports this function, the composed pattern is scanned, and you are prompted to enter the
password. To copy a document, enter the specified password when printing.
[Password:]
Enter the password for [Password Copy].
[Characters:]
Select this check box to embed the selected character string in a pattern.
A preregistered character string (common stamp) or a character string
registered in the machine (registered stamp) can be specified.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9.5
9
Parameter details
Function Name
Description
[Date/Time:]
Select this check box to embed the selected date and time in a pattern.
Selecting from the drop-down list allows you to specify the display type
and presence or absence of the time display.
[Serial Number]
Select this check box to embed the serial number of the machine in a pattern.
[Distribution Control
Number:]
Select this check box to embed the copy number in a pattern when printing multiple copies. The start number or number of digits can be specified.
[Job Number]
Select this check box to embed the print job number in a pattern for documents that are automatically paginated.
Function Name
Description
[Text Size:]
Specify the text size of a pattern.
[Angle:]
Specify the pattern angle.
[Pattern:]
Specify the embedding method of a pattern.
[Pattern Overwrite:]
Specify the sequence for printing a pattern on top of the original.
[Background Pattern:]
Specify the background pattern.
[Adjust Color...]
Specify the color of the pattern.
Reference
Items that can be specified vary depending on the selected [Copy Security] function.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9-21
9
Parameter details
9.5
Editing Date/Time
Function Name
Description
[Format:]
Displays the format of the date and time to be printed.
[Pages:]
Specify the pages to print the date and time.
[Text Color:]
Specify the text color used for printing.
[Print Position:]
Specify the print position.
Editing Page Number
9-22
Function Name
Description
[Starting Page:]
Specify the page to start printing the page number.
[Starting Page Number:]
Specify the start number for printing the page number.
[Cover Mode:]
Specify whether the page number is printed on the front cover page and
the back cover page, when attaching the cover pages.
[Text Color:]
Specify the text color used for printing.
[Print Position:]
Specify the print position.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9.5
9
Parameter details
Editing Header/Footer
9.5.9
Function Name
Description
[Recall Header/Footer:]
Select the header/footer setting registered in the machine.
[Distribution Control
Number:]
When printing multiple copies, this function prints the number of copies in
the header/footer. The start number or number of digits can be specified.
[Pages:]
Specify the pages to print the header/footer.
[Text Color:]
Specify the text color used for printing.
[Quality]
Function Name
Option
Description
[Select Color:]
[Auto Color], [Full Color],
[Gray Scale]
Specify the color to be printed.
[Auto Color]: Select this option to identify the colors
used in the print data to use them in printing.
[Full Color]: Select this option to print in full-color processes (CMYK) regardless of the print data (color/gray
scale).
[Gray Scale]: Select this option to print in gray scale.
[Glossy Mode]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to print using a gloss finish.
[Toner Save]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to adjust the printing density in
order to save the amount of toner consumed.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
9-23
9
Parameter details
9.5
Function Name
Option
Description
[Edge Enhancement]
ON/OFF
Select this check box to enhance the edges of characters, graphics and images so that thin lines and small
letters become clearly visible.
[Color Settings:]
[Document], [Photo],
[DTP], [Web], [CAD]
Select any of the options to print with a quality suitable
for the selected original.
[Document]: Select this option to print with a quality
suitable for documents with many characters.
[Photo]: Select this option to print with a quality suitable
for photos.
[DTP]: Select this option to print with a quality suitable
for documents produced by DTP.
[Web]: Select this option to print with a quality suitable
for Web page printing.
[CAD]: Select this option to print with a quality suitable
for CAD data printing.
[Quality Adjustment...]
−
Click this button to adjust the image quality. Adjust the
text, photos, figures, tables, and graphs in each original. Profiles can also be managed here.
[Auto Trapping]
ON/OFF
Select this option to superimpose neighboring colors to
print so as to prevent white space being generated
around a picture.
[Black Over Print:]
Off, [Text], [Text/Figure]
Select this check box to superimpose black color on a
neighboring color to print so as to prevent white space
being generated around black characters or figures.
You can specify to cause the overlapping on the characters alone or on characters and figures.
d Reference
For details on managing the profile, refer to page 11-37 and page 11-39.
9-24
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
10
Print Functions of Mac OS 9.2
10.1
10
Print operations
10
Print Functions of Mac OS 9.2
This chapter describes the functions of the printer driver for OS 9.2.
10.1
Print operations
Print jobs are specified from the application software.
1
Open the data in the application, and click [File]. Then click [Print] from the menu.
% If the menu is not available, click [Print].
The [Print] window appears.
2
Check that the desired printer name is selected in [Printer:].
% If the target printer is not selected, select it.
% If the printer does not appear, select the printer from [Chooser]. For details, refer to page 5-13.
% The [Print] window varies depending on the application software.
3
Specify the print range and the number of copies to print.
4
Switch the setting window as necessary to change the printer driver settings.
% When you change the menu of [General], another setting window of the printer driver appears, allowing you to configure various functions. For details, refer to page 10-6.
% The printer driver settings changed in the [Print] window are not saved, and the original settings are
restored when you exit the application.
5
Click [Print].
Printing is executed and the data indicator of the machine flashes.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
10-3
10
10.2
Default settings of the printer driver
10.2
Default settings of the printer driver
When you have installed the printer driver, you need to change the initialization conditions such as options
and enable functions of the machine from the printer driver.
NOTICE
Any options that are installed in the machine but not configured cannot be used by the printer driver. Be sure
to configure the settings for the installed options.
10.2.1
Option settings
1
In the [Apple Menu] menu, select [Chooser].
2
Select the printer name.
3
Click [Setup...].
4
Click [Configure].
The option setting window appears.
% When the printer is specified as the LPR printer, double-click the LPR printer icon on the desktop,
click [Change Setup...] in the [Printer] menu to display the option setting window.
5
Specify the options installed in the machine.
6
Click [OK].
The [Chooser] window appears again.
7
Close the [Chooser] window.
d Reference
The option settings are displayed automatically when the printer driver is selected for the first time. For details, refer to page 5-13.
10-4
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
10.2
10.2.2
Default settings of the printer driver
10
Registering the default settings
The settings for the machine functions configured when printing can only be applied while using the application. When you exit the application, the settings return to their default settings.
To register the settings, save the printer driver settings. For OS 9.2, click [Save Settings] in the [Print] window
to save the settings.
d Reference
For details on the function and settings of the printer driver, refer to page 10-6.
Reference
The settings in the [Page Setup] dialog box cannot be saved.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
10-5
10
10.3
Parameter details
10.3
Parameter details
The printer driver function settings can be configured in [Page Attributes] in the [Page Setup] dialog box or
[Layout] or [Finishing Options] in the [Print] window.
10.3.1
Page Attributes
From the [File] menu, select in [Page Setup] (or [Page Setup]).
Function Name
Description
[Paper:]
Specify the output paper size.
[Orientation:]
Select the orientation for the original.
[Scale:]
Select an enlarge or reduce ratio.
Reference
To use paper of which the size is other than the standard sizes, specify the custom paper size. For details on registering the custom size, refer to page 10-6.
10.3.2
Specifying the custom page sizes
Select [Custom Page Sizes] in the [Page Setup] dialog box.
10-6
1
From the [File] menu, select [Page Setup] (or [Page Setup]).
2
Select [Custom Page Sizes].
3
Click [New].
4
Configure the following items.
Function Name
Description
[Paper Size]
Specify the desired paper size.
[Margins]
Specify the paper margins.
[Custom Page Size Name]
Enter the registered name for the specified paper size or margins, and
then click [OK].
[Units:]
Select the unit to specify the margins.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
10.3
10
Parameter details
5
Click [OK].
This saves the custom page settings, which can be selected from the Paper drop-down list in [Page
Attributes].
10.3.3
General
From the [File] menu, select in [Print].
10.3.4
Function Name
Description
[Copies:]
Specify the number of copies to be printed.
[Collated]
Select this check box to collate pages sequentially when printing multiple
sets of copies.
[Pages:]
Specify the page range to print.
[Paper Source]
Select the paper tray and paper type to be used.
[Layout] (Combination)
Specify this item to print multiple pages on one page.
Function Name
Description
[Pages per sheet:]
Multiple pages can be combined on a single page.
[Layout direction]
Specify the page combination order.
[Border:]
Specify the borders between pages.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
10-7
10
10.3.5
Parameter details
10.3
Printer specific options (Finishing Option 1 to 5)
Specify the printer specific options. These options can be specified when functions of the machine such as
stapling and punching are to be used.
10-8
Function Name
Description
[Offset:]
Specify offset.
[Output Tray:]
Select the output tray.
[Binding Position:]
Specify the binding position.
[Print Type:]
Perform 2-sided printing.
[Combination:]
Perform booklet printing.
[Staple:]
Perform stapling.
[Punch:]
Perform hole punching.
[Fold]
Perform folding.
[Front Cover:]
Select this option to attach a front cover page.
[Front Cover Tray:]
Select the paper tray for the front cover sheet.
[Back Cover:]
Select this option to attach a back cover page.
[Back Cover Tray:]
Select the paper tray for the back cover sheet.
[Transparency Interleave:]
Select the option to insert interleaves between transparencies.
[Interleave Tray:]
Select the paper tray for the transparency interleaves.
[Output Method:]
Specify the [Proof Print] function that pauses the printing after one copy
of the document is output so that you can check how it is printed.
[Select Color:]
Select whether to print in color or gray scale.
[Glossy Mode:]
Select this check box to print using a gloss finish.
[Color Settings:]
Select any of the options to print with a quality suitable for the original.
[Auto Trapping:]
Select this option to superimpose neighboring colors to print so as to prevent white space being generated around a picture.
[Black Over Print:]
Select this check box to superimpose black color on a neighboring color
to print so as to prevent white space being generated around black characters or figures.
You can specify to cause the overlapping on the characters alone or on
characters and figures.
[Color Matching (Text):]
Select this option to adjust the color quality of the text in the original.
[Pure Black (Text):]
Select whether to use (ON/OFF) the Pure Black function for the texts in the
original.
[Screen (Text):]
Select whether to use screening for the texts in the original.
[Color Matching (Photo):]
Select this option to adjust the color quality of the photos in the original.
[Pure Black (Photo):]
Select whether to use (ON/OFF) the Pure Black function for the photos in
the original.
[Screen (Photo):]
Select whether to use screening for the photos in the original.
[Smoothing (Photo):]
Select whether to use smoothing for the photos in the original.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
10.3
10
Parameter details
Function Name
Description
[Color Matching (Graphic):]
Select this option to adjust the color quality of the figures, tables, or
graphs in the original.
[Pure Black (Graphic):]
Select whether to use (ON/OFF) the Pure Black function for the figures, tables, or graphs in the original.
[Screen (Graphic):]
Select whether to use screening for the figures, tables, or graphs in the
original.
[Smoothing (Graphic):]
Select whether to use smoothing for the figures, table, or graphs in the
original.
[Toner Save:]
Select this check box to adjust the printing density in order to save the
amount of toner consumed.
[Edge Enhancement:]
Select this check box to enhance the edges of characters, graphics and
images so that thin lines and small letters become clearly visible.
Reference
The [Staple:] function is available only if the optional Finisher FS-527 or Finisher FS-529 is installed.
The [Punch:] function is available only when the Punch Kit is installed on the optional Finisher FS-527.
The [Fold:] function is available only when the Saddle Stitcher is installed on the optional Finisher FS527.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
10-9
10
Parameter details
10-10
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
10.3
11
Function Details
11.1
11
Proof Print
11
Function Details
This chapter describes the functions that require special attention, for example, when combining the printer
driver and panel operation of the machine.
11.1
Proof Print
The Proof Print function is a feature used when printing out multiple copies. It allows the printer to output one
copy and pause the printing operation before printing the remaining number of copies. Because this function
allows confirming the printed result before outputting the remaining copies, it is helpful in preventing misprinting when producing a large number of copies.
The Proof Print function can be specified using the printer driver when printing, and printing of the remaining
number of copies can be performed from the control panel.
11.1.1
Setting the printer driver
The following five printer drivers support this feature.
PCL Printer Driver for Windows (PCL driver)
PostScript Printer Driver for Windows (PS driver)
XPS Printer Driver for Windows (XPS driver)
PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X
PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS 9.2
Perform printing with the following settings specified.
Output Method: [Proof Copy]
Number of Copies: Multiple sets
For Windows
1
Click to display the [Basic] tab.
2
Select [Proof Copy] in [Output Method].
3
Specify the desired number of copies and print.
One copy is printed for checking.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-3
11
Proof Print
11.1
For Mac OS X
1
Display the [Output Method] window.
2
Select [Proof Print] in [Output Method:].
3
Specify the desired number of copies and print.
One copy is printed for checking.
% In OS 9.2, the proof printing can be selected at [Output Method:] in [Finishing Options 3] screen.
11.1.2
Recalling a job from the control panel
Reference
For details on the functions of the keys on the control panel, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
1
Press [Job List] on the control panel, and then press [Job Details].
The Print window appears.
11-4
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.1
Proof Print
2
11
While [Current Jobs] is displayed, press [Release Held Job].
The [Release Held Job] screen appears.
3
From the job list, select the job you want to print.
% To print the remaining number of copies, continue with Step 6.
% To change the printing conditions, continue with Step 4.
% If the job you want to release is not displayed, press [ ] or [ ] until the desired job is displayed.
If an incorrect job was selected, touch the button for the selected job again to deselect it.
4
Press [Change Setting].
The [Change Setting] screen appears.
% To check the results of setting changes, select the job whose sample copy is to be printed from the
job list, and then press the Proof Copy key on the control panel.
One copy is printed for checking. After performing the
Proof Copy key, the original settings are restored. Configure the settings again as necessary.
5
Change the printing conditions in the [Change Setting] screen, and then press [OK].
The [Release Held Job] screen appears again.
% To cancel releasing the held job, press [Cancel].
6
Press [OK] or the Start key in the control panel.
The stored job is changed to an active job, and then printed.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-5
11
11.2
Secure Print
11.2
Secure Print
The Secure Print function saves print jobs in the Secure Print User Box of the machine. Because the job is
output only by entering the ID and password from the control panel, it is helpful for outputting highly confidential documents.
The Secure Print function can be specified using the printer driver when printing, and printing can be performed from the control panel.
In order to prevent information leakage, you can restrict the printings done on this machine only to the secure
printing.
d Reference
For details on the function to limit to the secure printing only on the machine, refer to page 12-59.
For details on the printer driver settings for Windows, refer to page 8-5, and for Mac OS X, refer to page 9-5.
Reference
When the secure printing is frequently used, it will be helpful to configure [Custom Display Settings] [User Box Settings] of the machine so that [Secure Document User Box] always appears on the screen.
For details, refer to the [User's Guide Box Operations].
11.2.1
Setting the printer driver
The following four printer drivers support this feature.
PCL Printer Driver for Windows (PCL driver)
PostScript Printer Driver for Windows (PS driver)
XPS Printer Driver for Windows (XPS driver)
PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X
Perform printing with the following settings specified.
Output Method: [Secure Print]
For Windows
11-6
1
Click to display the [Basic] tab.
2
Select [Secure Print] in [Output Method].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.2
Secure Print
3
11
Enter the [Secure Print ID] and [Password].
% When [Password Rules] is enabled on the machine, the passwords that can be used for secure
printing are limited. If a password that does not comply with the password rules is entered, the job
is deleted. For details on the [Password Rules], refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
4
Print the document.
% The ID and password required for secure printing can be registered in advance on [User Settings...]
of the [Basic] tab. To use the same ID and password whenever you print, register them in advance
so that the screen to prompt entering the ID and password does not appear when you select [Secure Print].
For Mac OS X
1
Display the [Output Method] window.
2
Select [Secure Print] in [Output Method].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-7
11
Secure Print
3
11.2
Enter the [Secure Print ID:] and [Password;].
% Selecting the [Save Settings] check box saves the settings. In addition, if the [Do not show this window when setting] check box is selected, the dialog box does not appear when the function is specified.
% When [Password Rules] is enabled on the machine, the passwords that can be used for secure
printing are limited. If a password that does not comply with the password rules is entered, the job
is deleted. For details on the [Password Rules], refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
4
11.2.2
Print the document.
Recalling a job from the control panel
The [Secure Print] jobs are saved in the [Secure Document User Box]. To print a secured document, the ID
and password that have been specified in the printer driver are required.
Reference
Secured documents are automatically deleted after a certain length of time has elapsed since their registration. The default setting for this time is 1 day, and the value can be specified in the administrator
mode. For details, refer to page 12-45.
To manually delete a secured document that has been printed, operate in administrator mode. For details, refer to page 12-44.
d Reference
For details on the functions of the keys on the control panel, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
For details on the User Box functions of the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Box Operations].
For details on specifying the [Confidential Document Access Method], refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
11-8
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.2
Secure Print
11
When the [Confidential Document Access Method] is set to [Mode 1]
1
Press the User Box key on the control panel.
% Press [User Box] when the application menu is displayed.
2
Select [Secure Document User Box] in [System User Box], and then press [Use/File].
3
Enter the [ID] for the secure print document, and then press [OK].
4
Enter the password for the secure print document, and then press [OK].
If the specified ID and password match, the list of secure print documents appears.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-9
11
Secure Print
5
Select the document to be printed on the [Print] tab, and then press [Print].
The contents and a preview of the document can be checked in [Document Details].
6
Change the print conditions as necessary.
7
Press [Start] or the Start key in the control panel.
11.2
The document is printed.
% To stop operations, press [Cancel].
11-10
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.2
Secure Print
11
When the [Confidential Document Access Method] is set to [Mode 2]
1
Press the User Box key on the control panel.
% Press [User Box] when the application menu is displayed.
2
Select [Secure Document User Box] in [System User Box], and then press [Use/File].
3
Enter the [ID] for the secure print document, and then press [OK].
The list of secure print documents matching the specified ID appears.
4
Select the document you want to print and then press [Enter Password].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-11
11
Secure Print
5
11.2
Enter the password for the secure print document, and then press [OK].
The list of secure print documents matching the specified password appears.
% If [Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error] in Administrator Settings is set to [Mode 2] and
a user enters an incorrect password the specified number of times, the document is locked. To release from the operation prohibition status, contact your administrator.
6
Select the document to be printed on the [Print] tab, and then press [Print].
The contents and a preview of the document can be checked in [Document Details].
7
Change the print conditions as necessary.
8
Press [Start] or the Start key in the control panel.
% The document is printed.
% To stop operations, press [Cancel].
11-12
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.3
11.3
Save in User Box
11
Save in User Box
The Save in User Box function saves print jobs in a User Box of the machine. Because the print jobs are printed by specifying the User Box from the control panel, this function can also be used for document distribution.
The Save in User Box function can be specified using the printer driver when printing, and printing or distribution can be performed from the control panel.
d Reference
For details on the User Box functions of the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Box Operations].
11.3.1
Setting the printer driver
The following four printer drivers support this feature.
PCL Printer Driver for Windows (PCL driver)
PostScript Printer Driver for Windows (PS driver)
XPS Printer Driver for Windows (XPS driver)
PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X
Perform printing with the following settings specified.
Output Method: [Save in User Box] or [Save in User Box/Print]
Reference
Create the User Box for saving the data in advance with the User Box function of the machine. For details on the User Box functions of the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Box Operations].
For Windows
1
Click to display the [Basic] tab.
2
Select [Save in User Box] or [Save in User Box/Print] in [Output Method].
% To save data in a User Box and print at the same time, select [Save in User Box/Print].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-13
11
Save in User Box
3
Enter the [File Name] of the document and the [User Box Number] for the save location.
4
Print the document.
11.3
% The file name and the User Box number required for saving data in the User Box can be registered
in advance on [User Setting] of the [Basic] tab. To use the same file name and User Box number
whenever you save documents, register them in advance so that the screen to prompt entering the
file name and User Box number does not appear when you select [Save in User Box].
For Mac OS X
11-14
1
Display the [Output Method] window.
2
Select [Save in User Box] or [Save in User Box and Print] in [Output Method:].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.3
Save in User Box
3
11
Enter the [File Name:] of the document and the [User Box Number:] for the save location.
% Selecting the [Save Settings] check box saves the settings. In addition, if the [Do not show this window when setting] check box is selected, the dialog box does not appear when the function is specified.
4
11.3.2
Print the document.
Recalling a job from the control panel
The [Save in User Box] and [Save in User Box/Print] jobs are saved in a User Box of the specified number.
To print a document saved in a User Box, open the specified box to retrieve the document. If a password is
specified for the User Box, the User Box password is required.
Reference
User Box documents are automatically deleted after a certain length of time has elapsed since their registration. The default setting for this time is 1 day, and the value can be specified when creating a User
Box.
d Reference
For details on the functions of the keys on the control panel, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
For details on the User Box functions of the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Box Operations].
1
Press the User Box key on the control panel.
% Press [User Box] when the application menu is displayed.
2
Select the desired User Box number, and then press [Use/File].
Boxes are classified as [Public] User Boxes, [Personal] User Boxes, or [Group] User Boxes.
Specify the desired User Box from the classification of the saved User Boxes.
The User Box number can be directly specified.
% If a password is specified for the User Box, go to Step 3.
% If a password is not specified for the User Box, go to Step 4.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-15
11
Save in User Box
3
11.3
Enter the User Box password, and then press [OK].
A list of documents in the specified User Box appears.
4
Select the document to be printed on the [Print] tab, and then press [Print].
% Documents saved in User Boxes can be transmitted via E-mail or fax. For details on the User Box
functions of the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Box Operations].
5
Change the print conditions as necessary.
6
Press [Start] or the Start key in the control panel.
The document is printed.
% To stop operations, press [Cancel].
11-16
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.4
11.4
Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified
11
Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified
When [User Authentication] is specified on the machine, a user name and password must be entered when
printing.
The following four printer drivers support this feature.
PCL Printer Driver for Windows (PCL driver)
PostScript Printer Driver for Windows (PS driver)
XPS Printer Driver for Windows (XPS driver)
PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X
Reference
If you enter an incorrect user name or password for the [User Authentication] settings of this machine
or have not enabled [User Authentication], you will not be authenticated by this machine and the job will
be discarded when printing.
If an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times while [User Authentication] settings
are configured on the machine and [Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error] is set to [Mode 2],
the user may be locked and access to the machine may be blocked.
Even a registered user cannot print a document if the user is not allowed to print. In addition, color printing is not available for a user who is not authorized for color printing. For user authentication, contact
the administrator of the machine.
Even when using an optional Authentication Unit for [User Authentication], enter the user name and
password. For details, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
For Windows
1
Click to display the [Basic] tab.
2
Click [Authentication/Account Track...].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-17
11
Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified
3
11.4
Select [Recipient User], and then enter a [User Name] and [Password] that are registered with the machine.
% The user name and password can each contain up to 64 characters.
% If [Public User] access is allowed on the printer, the printer can be used by [Public User].
% The password can also be specified in the printer driver in advance as the default value, and individual jobs do not require password entry.
% When user authentication is performed with the Authentication Manager, you must enter the user
information specified by the server administrator. The windows and input items that appear vary according to the settings. For details, contact your server administrator.
4
Click [OK] to determine the settings and start printing.
If the entered user name is a name enabled on the machine, the job is printed and counted as a job for
the specified user.
Reference
If user authentication is not enabled in the [Configure] tab, user authentication will not be performed. If
you are using the user authentication, be sure to enable it in the [Device Option] list. For details, refer
to page 8-5.
It is necessary to configure server settings when user authentication is performed with the server. Click
[Server Setting...], and then select a server.
Clicking [Verify] allows communication with this machine to confirm whether the entered user can be
authenticated. This function is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with this machine.
When authentication is performed with the Authentication Manager, in the [Administrator Settings] of
this machine, set [System Connection] − [OpenAPI Settings] − [Authentication] to [OFF]. For details, refer to page 12-56.
11-18
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.4
Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified
11
For Mac OS X
1
Display the [Output Method] window.
2
Select the [User Authentication] check box.
3
Select [Recipient User], and then enter a [User Name:] and [Password:] that are registered with the machine.
% The user name and password can each contain up to 64 characters.
% If [Public User Access] access is allowed on the printer, the printer can be used by [Public User].
% Selecting the [Save Settings] check box saves the settings. In addition, if the [Do not show this window when setting] check box is selected, the dialog box does not appear when the function is specified.
% When user authentication is performed with the Authentication Manager, you must enter the user
information specified by the server administrator. The windows and input items that appear vary according to the settings. For details, contact your server administrator.
4
Click [OK] to determine the settings and start printing.
If the entered user name is a name enabled on the machine, the job is printed and counted as a job for
the specified user.
Reference
It is necessary to configure server settings when user authentication is performed with the server. Click
[User Authentication Server Setting...], and then select a server.
When authentication is performed with the Authentication Manager, in [Administrator Settings] of this
machine, set [System Connection] − [OpenAPI Settings] − [Authentication] to [OFF]. For details, refer to
page 12-56.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-19
11
11.5
Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled
11.5
Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track
function is enabled
When the [Account Track] settings are configured on the machine, you must enter the account track code
(access code) when printing.
The following four printer drivers support this feature.
PCL Printer Driver for Windows (PCL driver)
PostScript Printer Driver for Windows (PS driver)
XPS Printer Driver for Windows (XPS driver)
PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X
Reference
If you enter an incorrect access code for the [Account Track] settings on the machine or have not enabled [Account Track], you will not be authenticated by the printer and the job will be discarded when
printing.
If an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times while the [Account Track] setting is
configured on the machine and [Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error] is set to [Mode 2], the
account will be locked and access to the machine will be blocked.
Even a registered account cannot print a document if the account is not allowed to print. In addition,
color printing is not available for a user who is not authorized for color printing.
For account track, contact the administrator of the machine.
11.5.1
Setting the printer driver
For Windows
11-20
1
Click to display the [Basic] tab.
2
Click [Authentication/Account Track...].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.5
Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled
3
11
Enter an [Department Name] and [Password] that are registered with the machine.
% The account name and password can each contain up to 8 characters.
% The password can also be specified in the printer driver in advance as the default value, and individual jobs do not require password entry.
4
Click [OK] to determine the settings and start printing.
If the entered access code is an access code enabled on the machine, the job is printed and counted
as a job for the specified account.
Reference
If account track is not enabled on the [Configure] tab, account track cannot be performed. If you are
using account track, be sure to enable it in the [Device Option] list. For details, refer to page 8-5.
Clicking [Verify] allows communication with the machine to confirm whether the entered account can
be authenticated. This function is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with this machine.
For Mac OS X
1
Display the [Output Method] window.
2
Select the [Account Track] check box.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-21
11
Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled
3
11.5
Add an [Department Name:] and [Password:] that are registered with the machine.
% The account name and password can each contain up to 8 characters.
% Selecting the [Save Settings] check box saves the settings. In addition, if the [Do not show this window when setting] check box is selected, the dialog box does not appear when the function is specified.
4
Click [OK] to determine the settings and start printing.
If the entered access code is an access code enabled on the machine, the job is printed and counted
as a job for the specified account.
11-22
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.6
11.6
ID & Print
11
ID & Print
When the ID & Print function is used, printing is started only after the user name and password entered from
the control panel of the machine are accepted and the authentication process has been completed successfully. This is helpful in maintaining security of the document.
To use the ID & Print function, the user authentication must be completed on the machine.
When processing a print job from a computer, specify ID & Print after entering the user name and password
from the printer driver.
Data to be printed in the ID & Print mode is saved in the [ID & Print User Box], and after printing, they are
automatically deleted from the [ID & Print User Box]. You can also print the data saved in the [ID & Print User
Box] by entering the user name and password from the control panel of the machine to log in to the printer.
When the optional Authentication Unit (biometric type) AU-101, Authentication Unit (biometric type) AU102, or Authentication Unit (IC card type) AU-201 is used for [User Authentication], you can start printing
or log in to this machine simply by touching the authentication unit with your finger or IC card.
d Reference
To enable the ID & Print function when printing a document from the commuter, specify the function from the
printer driver. For details, refer to page 11-23.
For details on the operation of the job saved in the [ID & Print User Box], refer to page 11-26.
For details on using the authentication unit for printing or logging in, refer to page 11-29.
11.6.1
Setting the printer driver
For Windows
1
Click to display the [Basic] tab.
2
Click [Authentication/Account Track...].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-23
11
ID & Print
3
11.6
Select [Recipient User], enter the [User Name] and [Password] that are registered with the machine and
click [OK].
% For details on the user authentication, refer to page 11-17.
% If [User Authentication/Account Track] - [User Authentication Settings] - [Administrative Setting] [ID & Print Settings] - [Public User] is set to [Save] in the [Administrator Settings] of the machine and
the public user job is permitted, public user jobs are also saved in the [ID & Print User Box]. For details, refer to page 12-49.
4
Select [ID&Print] in [Output Method].
% If [User Authentication/Account Track] - [User Authentication Settings] - [Administrative Setting] [ID & Print Settings] - [ID & Print ] is set to [ON] in the [Administrator Settings] of the machine, general
print jobs are also saved in the [ID & Print User Box]. For details, refer to page 12-49.
5
11-24
Print the document.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.6
ID & Print
11
For Mac OS X
1
Display the [Output Method] window.
2
Select the [User Authentication] check box.
3
Select [Recipient User], enter the [User Name:] and [Password:] that are registered with the machine
and click [OK].
% For details on the user authentication, refer to page 11-17.
% If [User Authentication/Account Track] - [User Authentication Settings] - [Administrative Setting] [ID & Print Settings] - [Public User] is set to [Save] in the [Administrator Settings] of the machine and
the public user job is permitted, public user jobs are also saved in the [ID & Print User Box]. For details, refer to page 12-49.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-25
11
ID & Print
4
11.6
Select [ID&Print] in [Output Method:].
% If [User Authentication/Account Track] - [User Authentication Settings] - [Administrative Setting] [ID & Print Settings] - [ID & Print] is set to [ON] in the [Administrator Settings] of the machine, general
print jobs are also saved in the [ID & Print User Box]. For details, refer to page 12-49.
5
11.6.2
Print the document.
Recalling a job from the control panel
Reference
For a public user, a document can be printed by opening the ID & Print User Box after logging in as a
public user.
Entering the user information and printing
1
Enter the [User Name] and [Password] from the control panel of the printer.
% If the control panel shows a screen that appears after logging in, for example, when public user access is allowed without requiring to log in, logging out by pressing the Access key brings up a login
screen.
11-26
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.6
ID & Print
2
11
Press [Begin Printing].
Once the user is authenticated, the print job is printed.
% Press [Print & Login] to enable printing of the job and normal login.
% Press [Login] for the normal login without printing the job. After logging in, open the [ID & Print User
Box] to print the document.
% If there are multiple print jobs, all the jobs are printed. To select the documents to print, press [Login]
and then print the desired documents from the [ID & Print User Box].
% When the optional Authentication Unit is installed, [ID & PW] and [Auth. Unit] appear. By selecting
a button, the ID & PW or authentication unit can be selected and used as the authentication method.
Printing a document by specifying it from the [ID & Print User Box]
Reference
When the [ID & Print User Box] is frequently used, it will be helpful to configure [Custom Display Settings] - [User Box Settings] of the machine so that [ID & Print User Box] always appears on the screen.
For details, refer to the [User's Guide Box Operations].
1
Enter the [User Name] and [Password] from the control panel of the printer.
2
Press [Login].
Log in to the machine.
3
Press the User Box key on the control panel.
% Press [User Box] when the application menu is displayed.
4
Select [ID & Print User Box] in [System User Box], and then press [Use/File].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-27
11
ID & Print
5
11.6
Select the document you want to print and then press [Print].
% The contents and a preview of the document can be checked in [Document Details].
% To stop operations, press [Cancel].
6
When a screen confirming the deletion of the job appears, select the processing method.
% Selecting [Print & Delete] prints and deletes the document in the [ID & Print User Box].
The document is printed.
Reference
When [System Settings] - [User Box Settings] - [ID & Print Delete after Print Setting] is set to [Confirm
with User] in [Administrator Settings] of the machine, printing a document by specifying from [ID & Print
User Box] displays the screen to confirm the deletion of the job. For details, refer to page 12-47.
11-28
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.6
ID & Print
11
Logging in using the authentication unit
1
Press [Auth. Unit], and then press [Begin Printing].
2
Touch the authentication unit with the finger or IC card.
Once the user is authenticated, the print job is printed.
% Press [Print & Access] to enable printing of the job and a normal login.
% Logging in by pressing [Access] allows you to log in as usual without printing a job. After logging in,
open the [ID & Print User Box] to print the document.
% If [ID & Print Operation Settings] is set to [Print All Jobs] when there are multiple jobs, all jobs are
output in a single authentication. If it is set to [Print Each Job], the jobs are printed one by one in the
order they have been stored.
Reference
You can specify [ID & Print Operation Settings] in [User Authentication/Account Track] - [User Authentication Settings] - [Administrative Setting] - [ID & Print Operation Setting] of the [Administrator Settings]
of the machine. For details, refer to page 12-50.
To select the documents to print when there are multiple print jobs, press [Access] and then print the
desired documents from the [ID & Print User Box].
Even when the authentication unit is installed, you can enter the user information and print using [ID &
PW]. For details, refer to page 11-26.
Reference
For details on the optional Authentication Unit, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-29
11
11.7
Printing from a cellular phone or PDA
11.7
Printing from a cellular phone or PDA
Configure settings to wirelessly connect this machine to a cellular phone or PDA with the Bluetooth function
installed and to print data stored in such a terminal or save it in a User Box of this machine.
11.7.1
Operating environment
The cellular phones and PDAs that can be connected to this machine and the printable file type must satisfy
the following conditions.
Operating environment
Communication protocol
Bluetooth Ver. 2.0 + EDR
Supporting profile
OPP/BPP/SPP
Supporting file type
PDF/XPS/TIFF/JPEG/XHTML/RepliGo
• For XHTML file types, the machine supports the character code
of UTF-8/Shift-JIS/ISO-8859 and the link file extensions of
JPEG/JPG/PNG.
• This machine supports RepliGo version 2.1.0.9.
Reference
To print documents from a cellular phone or PDA, the optional Local Interface Kit EK-605 is required.
The settings for enabling a Bluetooth communication are also required. Contact your service representative in advance.
If you cannot access the link file when attempting to print an XHTML file, the document will either not
be printed or will be printed in a black frame depending on the setting in [User Settings] − [Cellular
Phone/PDA Setting] − [Link File Error Notification]. For details, refer to page 12-35.
To access the link file for printing an XHTML file, [WebDAV Settings] of this machine is required. To use
a proxy for connection, register a proxy server in [Administrator Settings] − [Network Settings] − [WebDAV Settings] − [WebDAV Client Settings] − [Proxy Server Address], and set [User Settings] − [Cellular
Phone/PDA Setting] − [Proxy Server Use] to [ON]. For details, refer to page 12-36.
The communication speed may drop or communication may be interrupted due to obstacles, signal
quality, magnetic field or static electricity.
Protected documents and image data may not be sent depending on the security setting of the cellular
phone or PDA.
11.7.2
Printing a document
Reference
To print from a cellular phone or PDA, set [Administrator Settings] − [System Connection] − [Cellular
Phone/PDA Setting] to [Allow] in advance. For details, refer to page 12-57. To use a Bluetooth communication, [Bluetooth Setting] must be enabled in this machine. For details, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
When [User Authentication] is specified on this machine, even a registered user cannot print a document unless printing from a cellular phone or PDA is allowed in the machine setting. For user authentication, contact the administrator of the machine.
For details on the User Box functions of the machine, refer to the [User's Guide Box Operations].
For the operation of a cellular phone or PDA, refer to the operation manual of the cellular phone or PDA.
1
Set the cellular phone or PDA to enable Bluetooth communication.
2
Press the User Box key on the control panel.
% Press [User Box] when the application menu is displayed.
11-30
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.7
11
Printing from a cellular phone or PDA
3
Select [Mobile/PDA] in [System User Box], and press [Use/File].
4
Press [Print List].
% To save data in a User Box, press [Save in User Box], and select the desired User Box.
5
Check the displayed PIN code.
6
Select this machine in the cellular phone or PDA.
% Select the data you want to send if it is selectable.
7
Enter the 4-digit PIN code into the cellular phone or PDA.
% You can check the print setting in [Check Print Settings].
Once the PIN code is verified, connection is established and data transmission and printing start.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-31
11
Printing from a cellular phone or PDA
11.7
d Reference
You can configure print settings from the cellular phone or PDA in [User Setting] − [Cellular Phone/PDA Setting] − [Print]. For details, refer to page 12-38.
11-32
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.8
11.8
Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user
11
Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user
The machine and the printer driver communicate with each other by encrypting a user password, account
password or secure document password using a common encryption key.
Although an encryption passphrase for generating the common encryption key is preset as a default setting,
it can also be generated with a user-defined encryption passphrase.
To specify a user-defined encryption passphrase, specify the same encryption passphrase both for the machine and the printer driver.
Reference
If different values are used for the encryption passphrase for the machine and the printer driver, the machine cannot decrypt the encrypted user password, account password or secure document password,
and printing cannot be performed.
The common encryption key is automatically generated by the [Encryption Passphrase]. The common
encryption key cannot be specified directly.
11.8.1
Settings for the machine
Go to Administrator Settings to configure the settings for the machine.
1
In the [Administrator Settings] screen, press [Security Settings].
2
In the [Security Settings] screen, press [Driver Password Encryption Setting].
3
Press [User-Defined].
% If you do not specify a user-defined [Encryption Passphrase], press [Use Factory Default].
4
Press [Encryption Passphrase].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-33
11
Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user
5
11.8
Press [Encryption Passphrase], and then enter the encryption passphrase.
% Enter the [Encryption Passphrase] with 20 alphanumeric letters. Specify the same [Encryption Passphrase] for the machine and the printer driver.
% An encryption passphrase using a series of the same letters (for example, "1111") is invalid.
6
Press [Encryption Passphrase Confirmation], and then enter the encryption passphrase again.
7
Press [OK].
This sets the encryption passphrase.
11-34
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.8
11.8.2
Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user
11
Setting the printer driver
The following four printer drivers support this feature.
PCL Printer Driver for Windows (PCL driver)
PostScript Printer Driver for Windows (PS driver)
XPS Printer Driver for Windows (XPS driver)
PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X
For Windows
1
Display the Properties window.
% The Properties window can be displayed by opening the [Printers] or [Printers and Faxes] window
and right-clicking the icon of the installed printer, and then clicking [Properties].
2
Click the [Configure] tab.
3
Select the [Encrypt. Passphrase] check box, and then enter the encryption passphrase.
% If you do not specify a user-defined [Encrypt. Passphrase], clear the [Encrypt. Passphrase] check
box.
% Enter the [Encrypt. Passphrase] with 20 alphanumeric letters. Specify the same [Encrypt. Passphrase] for the machine and the printer driver.
% An encryption passphrase using a series of the same letters is invalid.
% When OpenAPI is used and SSL is enabled, it is possible for the machine to obtain the common
encryption key provided that the device information of the printer driver can be obtained automatically.
4
Click [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-35
11
Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user
11.8
For Mac OS X
1
Display the [Output Method] window.
2
Click [Detail Settings...].
The [Detail Settings] window appears.
3
Select [Administrator Settings], and then click [Settings...].
The [Administrator Settings] dialog box appears.
4
Select the [Encryption Passphrase:] check box, and then enter the encryption passphrase.
% If you do not specify a user-defined [Encryption Passphrase:], clear the [Encryption Passphrase:]
check box.
% Enter the [Encryption Passphrase:] with 20 alphanumeric letters. Specify the same [Encryption
Passphrase:] for the machine and the printer driver.
% An encryption passphrase using a series of the same letters is invalid.
5
11-36
Click [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.9
11.9
Specifying the ICC profile
11
Specifying the ICC profile
The printer driver has a function to specify the ICC profile registered on the machine when printing.
Reference
The default setting for the ICC profile registered on the machine can be specified in [ICC Profile Settings]. For details, refer to page 12-27.
To utilize the ICC profiles added to the machine, the ICC profiles on the machine must be registered in
the printer driver in advance. For details, refer to page 11-39.
11.9.1
Setting the printer driver
The following two printer drivers support this feature.
PostScript Printer Driver for Windows (PS driver)
PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X
For Windows
1
Click to display the [Quality] tab.
2
Click [Quality Adjustment...].
The [Quality] dialog box appears.
3
Click to display the [ICC Profile] tab.
4
Click [Detail] and select a document type.
5
Configure the settings for [RGB Color], [Destination Profile], and [Simulation Profile].
% The ICC profiles registered in the printer driver can be selected.
When printing, color processing is performed according to the selected ICC profiles.
6
Click [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-37
11
Specifying the ICC profile
11.9
For Mac OS X
1
Display the [Quality] window.
2
Click [Quality Adjustment...].
The [Quality Adjustment] dialog box appears.
3
Configure the settings for [RGB Color:], [Destination Profile:], and [Simulation Profile:] according to the
type of the document to be printed.
% The ICC profiles registered in the printer driver can be selected.
When printing, color processing is performed according to the selected ICC profiles.
4
11-38
Click [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.10
Registering the ICC profiles in the printer driver
11.10
11
Registering the ICC profiles in the printer driver
Additional ICC profiles downloaded and added to the machine can be registered in the printer driver.
A registered ICC profile can be specified when printing.
Reference
The ICC profiles are registered to the machine using the "Download Manager" application. For details,
refer to the Help for the application software.
11.10.1 Setting the printer driver
The following two printer drivers support this feature.
PostScript Printer Driver for Windows (PS driver)
PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X
For Windows
0
0
The [Color Profile Management] function communicates with the machine to read the ICC profiles available to the machine. This function is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with this machine.
If connected via a USB connector, the ICC profiles available to the machine cannot be read.
1
Click to display the [Quality] tab.
2
Click [Quality Adjustment...].
The [Quality Adjustment] dialog box appears.
3
Click [Manage Profile].
The [Color Profile Management] dialog box appears.
% Clicking [Download Manager] launches the "Download Manager" application. This function is available only when "Download Manager" is installed.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-39
11
Registering the ICC profiles in the printer driver
11.10
4
Check that a list of available profiles that are additionally registered on the machine is displayed.
5
Click the tab and select a color profile type.
6
Select a desired profile from the [Available Profile] list, and then click [Add Sel].
Click [Remove] to delete an unnecessary ICC profile.
% To register the current driver settings as the profile, click [New], and then enter the [File Name] and
[Profile Name].
% The profile name can be changed in [Edit].
The selected profile is added to [Driver Profile List] and it can be selected in the ICC Profile entries in
the [Quality Adjustment] dialog box.
7
Click [OK].
For Mac OS X
0
The [Color Profile Management] function communicates with the machine to read the profiles available
to the machine. This function is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with this machine.
1
Display the [Quality] window.
2
Click [Quality Adjustment...].
The [Quality Adjustment] dialog box appears.
3
11-40
Click [Manage Profile].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.10
11
Registering the ICC profiles in the printer driver
The [Color Profile Management] dialog box appears.
% Clicking [Download Manager] launches the "Download Manager" application. This function is available only when "Download Manager" is installed.
4
Check that a list of available profiles that are additionally registered on the machine is displayed.
5
Select a color profile type from the drop-down list.
6
Select a desired profile from the [Available Profile] list, and then click [Add Sel].
Click [Delete] to delete an unnecessary ICC profile.
% To register the current driver settings as the profile, click [New], and then enter the [File Name] and
[Profile Name].
% The profile name can be changed in [New/Edit].
The selected profile is added to [Driver Profile List] and it can be selected in the ICC Profile entries in
the [Quality Adjustment] dialog box.
7
Click [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-41
11
11.11
Banner printing function
11.11
Banner printing function
On this machine, paper size up to 47-1/4 inches (1200 mm) in length can be loaded into the bypass tray for
printing, by configuring on the control panel.
In the following sections, loading long paper and printing on it are referred to as banner printing.
11.11.1 Paper
Applicable paper
Paper width
Paper length
Paper weight
8-1/4 to 11-11/16 inches
(210 to 297 mm)
18 to 47-1/4 inches (457.3 to
1200 mm)
33-13/16 to 55-7/8 lb (127 g/m2 to
210 g/m2)
(Using the printer driver, select the paper
type appropriate for the weight of the
banner paper to be used.
33-13/16 lb to 41-3/4 lb (127 g/m2 to
157 g/m2): Thick 1, Thick 1 (Side 2)
42 lb to 55-5/8 lb (158 g/m2 to 209 g/m2):
Thick 2, Thick 2 (Side 2)
55-7/8 lb (210 g/m2): Thick 3, Thick 3
(Side 2))
11.11.2 Printer drivers and supported operating systems
The following drivers support banner printing.
PCL Driver for Windows (PCL driver)
PostScript Driver for Windows (PS driver)
XPS Printer Driver for Windows (XPS driver)
11.11.3 Configuring the printer driver
Specify the output paper size as a custom paper size.
1
Click the [Basic] tab.
% With the PCL Driver, custom size setting can also be registered in advance on the [Settings] tab of
the printer driver accessed from the Windows' [Printers] ([Printers and Faxes] for Windows XP/Server 2003) window.
2
Select [Custom Size] from [Original Size] or [Paper Size].
The [Custom Size Settings] dialog box appears.
3
Select the width and the length of the custom size according to the unit you use and then click [OK].
The [Confirm setting changes] dialog box appears.
11-42
4
Click [Yes].
5
If necessary, configure [Paper Settings for Each Tray...], [Bypass Tray], [Paper Type], and other settings.
6
Click [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.11
Banner printing function
11
11.11.4 Printing
1
Press the Utility/Counter key on the control panel.
2
Press [Banner Printing].
3
Press [Allow], and then the [OK].
4
Check that the screen shows the machine is waiting for the banner printing job before sending the document data of the banner size to be printed from the computer.
% If data of non-banner size is sent, the job will be discarded.
5
Open the Bypass Tray.
6
Install the Mount Kit to the Bypass Tray.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11-43
11
Banner printing function
7
Set the Guidance of the Mount Kit.
8
With the side to be printed on facing down, insert the paper as far as possible into the feed slot.
11.11
Place as many sheets as the specified number of copies to be printed into the tray.
9
Slide the Lateral Guide of the Bypass Tray to make it fit to the size of paper being loaded.
10
When the following screen appears, press [Complete].
Printing of the data starts.
Print while holding by hand the paper to be printed and output.
To print another document successively, send its data from the computer.
11-44
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11.11
Banner printing function
11
To finish printing, press [Exit].
12
Press [Yes].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
11
11-45
11
11-46
Banner printing function
11.11
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12
Settings on the Control Panel
12.1
12
Basic operations of User Settings
12
Settings on the Control Panel
This chapter describes the printer-related functions that can be specified from the control panel.
12.1
Basic operations of User Settings
12.1.1
Displaying the User Settings screen
1
Press the Utility/Counter key.
2
Press [User Settings].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-3
12
Basic operations of User Settings
12.1
The User Settings screen appears.
% It can also be selected by pressing the key in the keypad of the number indicated on the desired
button.
For [User Settings], press the 2 key in the keypad.
% To finish configuring the Utility mode settings, press the Utility/Counter key. You can also exit the
Utility screen by pressing [Close] until either the Copy, Fax/Scan or User Box screen appears.
% To return through the hierarchy of the Utility menu, press [Close] until the desired screen appears.
Alternatively, press an item in the upper hierarchy in the sub-menu area to return to the item.
12-4
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
User settings
12.2
User settings
12.2.1
PDL Setting
12
Configure settings for the Page Description Language. (Default: [Auto])
[Auto]: Select this option to automatically switch between PCL and PS.
[PCL]: Select this option to use PCL only.
[PS]: Select this option to use PS only.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [Basic Settings].
3
Press [PDL Setting].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-5
12
User settings
4
12.2.2
12.2
Press the desired button.
Number of Copies
Specify the default number of sets. (Default: 1)
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [Basic Settings].
3
Press [Number of Copies].
4
Press the C key to clear the value, and then use the keypad to enter the number of sets. (1 to 9999)
% If a value outside of the allowable range is specified, the message "Input error" appears. Enter a
number within the allowable range.
12-6
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
User settings
5
12
Press [OK].
The number of sets is specified.
12.2.3
Original Direction
Specify the default image direction. (Default: [Portrait])
[Portrait]: Select this option to print the image vertically.
[Landscape]: Select this option to print the image horizontally.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [Basic Settings].
3
Press [Original Direction].
4
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-7
12
12.2.4
User settings
12.2
Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP
Specify the spool function. (Default: [ON])
[ON]: When the next job is received while processing a job, the print data is stored in HDD.
[OFF]: The print data is not stored in HDD.
Reference
Normally, do not change this setting to [OFF]. Otherwise, normal printing may be interfered.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
12-8
2
Press [Basic Settings].
3
Press [Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP].
4
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
12.2.5
User settings
12
A4/A3<->LTR/LGR Auto Switch
When the paper of the size specified with the printer driver is not loaded on the tray, size conversion between
A4 and Letter, or A3 and Ledger is executed to use paper of the next most similar size. (Default: [OFF])
Reference
The image may be affected since printing is forced.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [Basic Settings].
3
Select [A4/A3<->LTR/LGR Auto Switch].
4
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-9
12
12.2.6
User settings
12.2
Banner Sheet Setting
Specify whether to print the banner page (cover page) showing the sender or title of the print job. (Default:
[OFF])
[ON]: Select this option to print the banner page.
[OFF]: Select this option to not print the banner page.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
12-10
2
Press [Basic Settings].
3
Switch the page by pressing [
4
Press the desired button.
] or [
], and then press [Banner Sheet Setting].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
12.2.7
12
User settings
Binding Direction Adjustment
Specify the method for paper arrangement (adjusting the binding position) for 2-sided printing. (Default: [Finishing Priority])
To increase the print efficiency, specify [Productivity Priority]. If the desired binding position and width cannot
be achieved, specify [Finishing Priority].
[Finishing Priority]: All pages can be processed to an optimum condition because the machine adjusts
the binding positions after receiving the print data.
[Productivity Priority]: Printing is performed efficiently because the printer processes data while receiving or printing concurrently.
[Control Adjustments]: The printer follows the settings configured in the printer driver without adjusting
the binding position.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [Basic Settings].
3
Switch the page by pressing [
4
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
] or [
], and then press [Binding Direction Adjustment].
12-11
12
12.2.8
User settings
12.2
Line Width Adjustment
Line width can be adjusted so that thin lines and small letters become easy to see. (Default: [Thin])
[Thin]: Select this option to draw letters and lines sharply. Details of letters and figures are printed elaborately.
[Normal]: Select this option to draw letters and lines with a normal thickness.
[Thick]: Select this option to draw letters and lines thickly. Letters and figures are printed clearly.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
12-12
2
Press [Basic Settings].
3
Switch the page by pressing [
4
Press the desired button.
] or [
], and then press [Line Width Adjustment].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
12.2.9
12
User settings
Gray Background Text Correction
Letters or lines on a gray background may look thicker than those on a non-gray background. This feature
allows you to correct the line width setting.
[ON]: Select this option to make the width of letters and lines on a gray background identical to that of
those letters and lines on a non-gray background.
[OFF]: Select this option to not make a correction.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [Basic Settings].
3
Switch the page by pressing [
4
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
] or [
], and then press [Gray Background Text Correction].
12-13
12
User settings
12.2
12.2.10 Paper Tray
Specify the default paper tray setting. (Default: [Auto])
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [Paper Setting].
3
Press [Paper Tray].
4
Press the button for the desired paper tray.
% To select the paper tray automatically, press [Auto].
5
12-14
Press [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
12
User settings
12.2.11 Paper Size
Specify the default paper size setting. (Default: Varies depending on the area. )
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [Paper Setting].
3
Select [Paper Size].
4
Press the desired button.
% When selecting other paper size, press [
5
] or [
] to switch the page.
Press [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-15
12
User settings
12.2
12.2.12 2-Sided Print
Configure the default 2-sided printing setting. (Default: [OFF])
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
12-16
2
Press [Paper Setting].
3
Press [2-Sided Print].
4
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
User settings
12
12.2.13 Binding Position
Specify the default binding position for 2-sided printing. (Default: [Left Bind])
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [Paper Setting].
3
Press [Binding Position].
4
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-17
12
User settings
12.2
12.2.14 Staple
Configure the staple setting when the data to be printed has no staple setting information. (Default: [OFF])
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [Paper Setting].
3
Press [Staple].
4
Press the desired button.
Reference
The staple function is available only when the optional Finisher FS-527 or Finisher FS-529 is installed.
12-18
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
12
User settings
12.2.15 Punch
Configure the punch setting when the data to be printed has no punch setting information. (Default: [OFF])
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [Paper Setting].
3
Switch the page by pressing [
4
Press the desired button.
] or [
], and then press [Punch].
Reference
The punch function is available only when the punch kit is installed on the optional Finisher FS-527.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-19
12
User settings
12.2
12.2.16 Banner Sheet Paper Tray
Specify the paper tray used to print banner pages. (Default: [Auto])
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
12-20
2
Press [Paper Setting].
3
Switch the page by pressing [
4
Press the desired button.
5
Press [OK].
] or [
], and then press [Banner Paper Tray].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
User settings
12
12.2.17 Font Settings
Configure the default font setting. (Default: Courier)
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [PCL Settings].
3
Press [Font Settings].
4
Press [Resident Font].
% If downloaded fonts are available, [Download Font] can also be selected.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-21
12
User settings
5
12.2
Press the desired font name.
% Switch the page by pressing [ ] or [ ], and then press the desired font name.
% You can check the font number and the font size unit of the selected font.
6
Press [OK].
12.2.18 Symbol Set
Configure the default font symbol set setting. (Default: Varies depending on the area.)
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
12-22
2
Press [PCL Settings].
3
Press [Symbol Set].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
12
User settings
4
Press the desired symbol set name.
% Switch the page by pressing [
5
] or [
], and then press the desired symbol set name.
Press [OK].
12.2.19 Font Size
Specify the default font size value. (Default: [Scalable Font] - 12.00 Point/[Bitmap Font] - 10.00 Pitch)
[Scalable Font]: Specify the font size in points.
[Bitmap Font]: Specify the width of the bitmap font in pitches.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [PCL Settings].
3
Press [Font Size].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-23
12
User settings
4
12.2
Press the C key to clear the value, and then use the keypad to enter the size. (Scalable font: 4.00 Point
- 999.75 Point, Bitmap Font: 0.44 Pitch - 99.00 Pitch)
% If a value outside of the allowable range is specified, the message "Input error" appears. Enter a
number within the allowable range.
5
Press [OK].
The font size is set.
12.2.20 Line/Page
Specify the number of lines per page when printing text. (Default: Varies depending on the area.)
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
12-24
2
Press [PCL Settings].
3
Press [Line/Page].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
User settings
4
12
Press the C key to clear the value, and then use the keypad to enter the number of lines. (5 lines to 128
lines)
% If a value outside of the allowable range is specified, the message "Input error" appears. Enter a
number within the allowable range.
5
Press [OK].
The number of lines is set.
12.2.21 CR/LF Mapping
Specify the CR/LF substitution method when printing text data. (Default: [No])
[Mode 1]: Select this option to substitute CR with CR-LF.
[Mode 2]: Select this option to substitute LF with CR-LF.
[Mode 3]: Select this option to substitute with CR-LF.
[No]: Select this option not to perform substitution.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [PCL Settings].
3
Press [CR/LF Mapping].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-25
12
User settings
4
Select [Yes] or [No]. If [Yes] is selected, be sure to also press the button for the desired setting.
5
Press [OK].
12.2
12.2.22 Print PS Errors
Specify whether to print the error message when an error occurs during PS rasterization. (Default: [OFF])
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
12-26
2
Press [PS Setting].
3
Press [Print PS Errors].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
User settings
4
12
Press the desired button.
12.2.23 ICC Profile Settings
Configure the default profile setting to be displayed in the printer driver.
d Reference
For details on selecting the ICC profiles on the printer driver, refer to page 11-37.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [PS Setting].
3
Press [ICC Profile Settings].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-27
12
12-28
User settings
4
Press the desired setting item.
5
Press the desired profile name.
6
Press [OK].
12.2
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
User settings
12
12.2.24 Auto Trapping
Select this option to superimpose neighboring colors to print so as to prevent white space being generated
around a picture. (Default: [OFF])
[ON]: Adjacent colors are overprinted. If white lines appear at borders of colors on a graph or figure,
select [ON].
[OFF]: The data is printed as is without being trap-processed.
Reference
If color-dulling results at the border of colors when [ON] is selected, change it to [OFF].
Trapping process is sometimes specifiable with the application. When the trapping process is specified
in the application, specify [OFF] on the machine side.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [PS Setting].
3
Press [Auto Trapping].
4
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-29
12
User settings
12.2
12.2.25 Black Overprint
Select this option to print with no white space around black characters or figures. (Default: [OFF])
[Text/Figure]: Adjacent portion between a text and figure is overprinted with black. Use this setting
when a white line appears around the black portion in a graph or figure.
[Text]: Black is overprinted on the adjacent colors in the text portion. Use this setting when a white line
appears around the text.
[OFF]: The data is printed as is without overprinting with black.
Reference
If color-dulling results around the black portion when [ON] is selected, change it to [OFF].
The black overprinting process is sometimes specifiable with the application. When the trapping process is specified in the application, specify [OFF] on the machine side.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
12-30
2
Press [PS Setting].
3
Press [Black Overprint].
4
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
User settings
12
12.2.26 Verify XPS Digital Signature
Specify whether to perform digital signature verification in XPS printing. When [ON] is specified for the signature verification, the document without a valid digital signature is not printed. (Default: [OFF])
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
Press [XPS Settings].
% If an error is detected in the signature verification while [Print XPS Errors] is specified to print the
information, the error information is printed. For details, refer to page 12-54.
3
Press [Verify XPS Digital Signature].
4
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-31
12
User settings
12.2
12.2.27 Print Reports
Print reports. The following four types of reports can be output. The following describes the report output
method taking the PCL font list output process as an example.
[Configuration Page]: Select this option to output the list of settings of the machine.
[Demo Page]: Select this option to output a test page.
[PCL Font List]: Select this option to output the PCL font list.
[PS Font List]: Select this option to output the PS font list.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
2
12-32
Press [Print Reports].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
User settings
3
Press the desired button.
4
Press the button of the desired paper tray, and then either 1-Sided or 2-Sided button.
5
Press [Start] or the Start key to print the report.
12
% To stop operations, press [Cancel].
12.2.28 TIFF Image Paper Setting
Select this option to configure how to determine the paper size when directly printing TIFF or JPEG image
data. (Default: [Auto Paper Select])
Direct print is used to print documents using the direct print function of Web Connection or from external
memory, or cellular phone/PDA.
[Auto Paper Select]: Select this option to calculate the size of the image based on its resolution and the
number of pixels to print the image on paper that fits the image size.
Select this option to print images on paper of the same size as the image.
[Priority Paper Size]: Select this option to print on paper of the paper size specified on the machine. If
the image size is larger than the paper size, it is automatically reduced.
You can specify the paper size in [User Settings] − [Printer Settings] − [Paper Setting] − [Paper Size].
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-33
12
12-34
User settings
2
Press [TIFF Image Paper Setting].
3
Press [Paper Selection].
4
Press the desired button.
12.2
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
User settings
12
12.2.29 Link File Error Notification
This function enables you to specify processing to be performed if the machine cannot access a link file when
attempting to print an XHTML file from a cellular phone or PDA. (Default: [ON])
[ON]: Prints a link file part in a black frame.
[OFF]: Does not print a link file part.
Reference
Cellular Phone/PDA Setting is displayed when the optional Local Interface Kit EK-605 is installed
while [Bluetooth Setting] is enabled in this machine and [Cellular Phone/PDA Setting] is enabled in Administrator Settings For details, refer to page 12-57.
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Cellular Phone/PDA Setting].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
% [Cellular Phone/PDA Setting] is displayed in the 2/2 screen. Press [Forward
2
] to switch the screen.
Press [Link File Error Notification].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-35
12
User settings
3
12.2
Press the desired button.
12.2.30 Use Proxy Server
This function enables you to specify whether the machine uses a proxy server to access a link file when printing an XHTML file from a cellular phone or PDA. (Default: [OFF])
[ON]: Uses a proxy server.
[OFF]: Does not use a proxy server.
Reference
Cellular Phone/PDA Setting is displayed when the optional Local Interface Kit EK-605 is installed
while [Bluetooth Setting] is enabled in this machine and [Cellular Phone/PDA Setting] is enabled in Administrator Settings For details, refer to page 12-57.
When using a proxy server for connection, select [Administrator Settings] - [Network Settings] - [WebDAV Settings] - [WebDAV Client Settings] - [Proxy Server Address] to register the desired proxy server.
For details, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Cellular Phone/PDA Setting].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
% [Cellular Phone/PDA Setting] is displayed in the 2/2 screen. Press [Forward
12-36
] to switch the screen.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
User settings
2
Press [Proxy Server Use].
3
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12
12-37
12
User settings
12.2
12.2.31 Print
Specify print conditions to print a document from a cellular phone or PDA. (Default: [1-Sided], [Full Color],
[Finishing]-None)
Basic - Print: Select 1-Sided or 2-Sided.
Basic - Full Color: Select Full Color or Black.
Basic - Paper: Select the printing paper size if the sent data does not contain paper size information.
Basic - Finishing: Specify Fold/Bind, Staple, or Punch.
Application - Margin: Select the margin position.
Application - Stamp/Composition: Composes the following contents when printing.
Item
Description
[Date/Time]
The date and time of printing are printed on the pages.
[Page Number]
A page number is printed on all pages of a document.
[Stamp]
A preset character string such as "URGENT" is printed on pages.
[Copy Security]
A pattern to prevent unauthorized copying is printed on pages.
[Copy Protect]: Prints hidden text.
[Copy Guard]: Prints a Copy Guard pattern.
[Password Copy]: Prints a password for Password Copy.
[Stamp Repeat]
Text or an image is repeatedly printed on all pages.
Reference
Cellular Phone/PDA Setting is displayed when the optional Local Interface Kit EK-605 is installed
while [Bluetooth Setting] is enabled in this machine and [Cellular Phone/PDA Setting] is enabled in Administrator Settings For details, refer to page 12-57.
[Copy Guard] or [Password Copy] is displayed when the optional Security Kit SC-507 is installed. For
details, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
1
In the User Settings screen, press [Cellular Phone/PDA Setting].
% For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to page 12-3.
% [Cellular Phone/PDA Setting] is displayed in the 2/2 screen. Press [Forward
12-38
] to switch the screen.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.2
User settings
2
Press [Print].
3
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12
12-39
12
Basic operations in Administrator Settings
12.3
Basic operations in Administrator Settings
12.3.1
Displaying the Administrator Settings screen
1
Press the Utility/Counter key.
2
Press [Administrator Settings].
3
Enter the password, and then press [OK].
12.3
% For details on setting or changing the password, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
12-40
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.3
Basic operations in Administrator Settings
12
The Administrator Settings screen appears.
% It can also be selected by pressing the key in the keypad of the number indicated on the desired
button. For [Administrator Settings], press the 3 key on the keypad.
% To finish configuring the Utility mode settings, press the Utility/Counter key. You can also exit the
Utility screen by pressing [Close] until either the Copy, Fax/Scan or User Box screen appears.
% To return through the hierarchy of the Utility menu, press [Close] until the desired screen appears.
Alternatively, press an item in the upper hierarchy in the sub-menu area to return to the item.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-41
12
Administrator Settings
12.4
Administrator Settings
12.4.1
Print/Fax Output Setting
12.4
Specify the timing for printing; to print data when it is received, after the reception is completed, or simultaneously as it is being received.
This setting can be configured separately between for printer and for fax. (Default: [Print] - [Page Print], [Fax]
- [Batch Print])
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [System Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the System Settings screen, press [Output Settings].
3
In the Output Settings screen, press [Print/Fax Output Setting].
The Print/Fax Output Setting screen appears.
4
Press [Print] or [Fax].
5
Press the desired button.
The timing for printing data is set.
% If Batch Print is selected, printing starts after all the data is received. If Page Print is selected, printing starts when the data for the first page is received.
Reference
If the [Administrator Security Levels] is set to [Level 2], this setting item can be specified in the User
Settings as well. Press [User Settings] - [System Settings] - [Output Settings] - [Print/Fax Output Settings] to display the Print/Fax Output Setting screen.
For details on the administrator security levels, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
12-42
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.4
12.4.2
Administrator Settings
12
Output Tray Settings
Configure the default output tray settings. (Default: [Print] - [Tray 2])
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [System Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the System Settings screen, press [Output Settings].
3
In the Output Settings screen, press [Output Tray Settings].
The Output Tray Settings screen appears.
4
Press the desired button.
5
Press [OK].
The output tray is set.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-43
12
12.4.3
Administrator Settings
12.4
Delete Secure Print Documents
This function deletes all the secure print documents saved.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [System Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
12-44
2
In the System Settings screen, press [User Box Settings].
3
In the User Box Settings screen, press [Delete Secure Print Documents].
4
To delete the secure print documents, press [Yes].
5
Press [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.4
12.4.4
Administrator Settings
12
Auto Delete Secure Document
Specify the length of time for deleting a secure document after it is saved. (Default: [1 day])
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [System Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the System Settings screen, press [User Box Settings].
3
In the User Box Settings screen, press [Auto Delete Secure Document].
4
Press the desired button.
% To specify the time manually, press [Time] and then enter the time from the keypad.
5
Press [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-45
12
12.4.5
Administrator Settings
12.4
ID & Print Delete Time
Specify the length of time for deleting an ID & print document after it is saved. (Default: [1 day])
Reference
[ID & Print Delete Time] is displayed when the user authentication is enabled on the machine.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [System Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the System Settings screen, press [User Box Settings].
3
In the User Box Settings screen, press [ID & Print Delete Time].
4
Press the desired button.
% To specify the time manually, press [Time] and then enter the time from the keypad.
5
12-46
Press [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.4
12.4.6
Administrator Settings
12
ID & Print Delete after Print Setting
Specify whether to delete the ID & Print document after it is printed. (Default: [Confirm with User])
[Confirm with User]: Select this option to display the screen where the user can select whether the document printed from the ID & Print User Box is deleted after it is printed. Select this option if you want to
leave the document.
[Always Delete]: Select this option to delete the document after printing. Deletion is not confirmed with
user.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [System Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the System Settings screen, press [User Box Settings].
3
In the User Box Settings screen, press [ID & Print Delete after Print Setting].
4
Press the desired button.
5
Press [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-47
12
12.4.7
Administrator Settings
12.4
Skip Job Operation Settings
Specify whether to start processing for the next job when the current job stops due to running out of paper
in the paper tray. (Default: [Yes])
[Yes]: Select this option to give precedence to processing of other job while maintaining the stopped
job in the queued state. The queued job is processed after the problem is solved. This function is helpful
because it prevents other jobs from queuing for simple reasons such as paper in a specific paper tray
running out.
[No]: If a single job is stopped, all other jobs are queued for processing as well. All jobs are processed
after the problem is solved.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [System Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
12-48
2
In the System Settings screen, switch the page by pressing [
Operation Settings].
3
Press [Fax] or [Other than Fax].
4
Press the desired button.
] or [
], and then press [Skip Job
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.4
12.4.8
Administrator Settings
12
ID & Print Settings
Specify whether to use the ID & Print function on the machine that performs user authentication or account
track. (Default: [OFF])
ID & Print [ON]: Select this option to save all the normal printing jobs and ID & Print jobs performed by
a registered user in the [ID & Print User Box].
ID & Print [OFF]: Select this option to save the ID & Print jobs performed by a registered user in the [ID
& Print User Box]. The Normal Print job is output without being saved in the User Box.
Public User [Print Immediately]: Select this option to output the public user jobs or jobs without user
authentication information without saving.
Public User [Save]: Select this option to save the public user jobs or jobs without user authentication
information in the [ID & Print User Box].
Reference
A public user job is printed or saved when public user printing is enabled.
A user-unauthorized job is printed or saved when [Print without Authentication] is enabled.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [User Authentication/Account Track].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the User Authentication/Account Track screen, press [User Authentication Settings].
3
In the User Authentication Settings screen, press [Administrative Setting].
4
In the Administrative Settings screen, press [ID & Print Settings].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-49
12
12.4.9
Administrator Settings
5
Specify [ID&Print] and [Public User].
6
Press [OK].
12.4
ID & Print Operation Settings
Specify the printing method when using the ID & Print function on an optional Authentication Unit. (Default:
[Print All Jobs])
[Print All Jobs]: Select this option to print all the documents authenticated at one setting when multiple
documents are saved in the ID & Print User Box.
[Print Each Job]: Select this option to print a document for each authentication when multiple documents are saved in the ID & Print User Box.
Reference
The ID & Print Operation Settings appears on the screen only when an optional Authentication Unit is
installed.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [User Authentication/Account Track].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
12-50
2
In the User Authentication/Account Track screen, press [User Authentication Settings].
3
In the User Authentication Settings screen, press [Administrative Setting].
4
In the Administrative Settings screen, press [ID & Print Operation Settings].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.4
Administrator Settings
5
12
Press the desired button.
12.4.10 Print without Authentication
Specify whether to allow the print jobs without authentication specified when the machine is performing user
authentication or account track. (Default: [Restrict])
[Allow]: Select this option to allow the print jobs to be printed when an ID and password for user authentication or an account name and password for account track are not specified. Printing is counted
as a public job.
[Restrict]: Select this option not to allow the print jobs to be printed when an ID and password for user
authentication or an account name and password for account track are not specified.
Reference
If the print jobs without authentication specified are permitted to be printed, printing can be performed
on this machine performing user authentication or account track, even if user authentication or account
track is not specified in the printer driver. Select Restrict if you want to control usage for the counter
management or security reasons.
A print job without authentication specified means a job that performed printing without enabling User
Authentication or Account Track in the printer driver. In Windows, it means a job for which User Authentication or Account Track is set to [Disable] in [Configure] tab - [Device Option] in the Properties window.
In Macintosh OS X, it means a job for which the User Authentication or Account Track check box is not
selected in the [Output Method] window.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [User Authentication/Account Track].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the User Authentication/Account Track screen, press [Print without Authentication].
3
Press the desired button.
4
Press [OK].
The print without authentication is specified.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-51
12
Administrator Settings
12.4
12.4.11 Single Color > 2 Color Output Management
Configure whether to manage the output of a single color or 2 colors as color print or black print.
When managing it as black print, even a user who is restricted from performing color printing can create a
single color or 2 color output. (Default: [Color])
[Color]: Select this option to count the printing done in a single color or 2 colors as color printing.
[Black]: Select this option to count the printing done in a single color or 2 color as black printing.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [User Authentication/Account Track].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
12-52
2
In the User Authentication/Account Track screen, press [User/Account Common Setting].
3
In the User/Account Common Setting screen, press [Single Color > 2 Color Output Management].
4
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.4
Administrator Settings
12
12.4.12 I/F timeout setting
Specify the time until a communication timeout occurs for each of the USB or network interface. (Default: 60
sec.)
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the Printer Settings screen, press the interface to specify.
3
Press the C key to clear the value, and then use the keypad to enter the time. (10 to 1,000 sec.)
% If a value outside of the allowable range is specified, the message "Input error" appears. Enter a
number within the allowable range.
The time until a communication timeout occurs is set.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-53
12
Administrator Settings
12.4
12.4.13 Print XPS Errors
Specify whether to print the error message when an error occurs during XPS printing. (Default: [No])
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
12-54
2
Press [Print XPS Errors].
3
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.4
Administrator Settings
12
12.4.14 Web Connection Direct Print
Specify whether to allow the direct print from Web Connection. (Default: [Yes])
[Yes]: Select this option to allow direct print from Web Connection.
[No]: Select this option not to allow direct print from Web Connection.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [Printer Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
Press [Web Connection Direct Print].
3
Press the desired button.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-55
12
Administrator Settings
12.4
12.4.15 Configuring Authentication under OpenAPI Settings
When user authentication is performed or when acquiring the device information with the Authentication
Manager, set the Authentication setting of the OpenAPI Setting screen of the machine to [OFF]. (Default:
[OFF])
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [System Connection].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the System Connection screen, press [OpenAPI Settings].
3
In the OpenAPI Settings screen, press [Authentication].
4
Set [Authentication] to [OFF].
5
Press [OK].
The authentication settings are configured.
12-56
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.4
Administrator Settings
12
12.4.16 Configuring the cellular phone or PDA settings
You can specify whether to allow printing from a cellular phone or PDA and saving in a User Box. (Default:
[Restrict])
[Allow]: Allow printing from a cellular phone or PDA, and saving in a User Box.
[Restrict]: Not allow printing from a cellular phone or PDA, or saving in a User Box.
Reference
Cellular Phone/PDA Setting is displayed when the optional Local Interface Kit EK-605 is installed
while [Bluetooth Setting] is enabled in this machine. For details, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator]. To enable a Bluetooth communication, contact your service representative in advance.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [System Connection].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the System Connection screen, press [Cellular Phone/PDA Setting].
3
Press the desired button.
4
Press [OK].
The Mobile/PDA Settings is specified.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-57
12
Administrator Settings
12.4
12.4.17 Print Data Capture
Specify whether to allow or prohibit data capturing of a print job. (Default: [Allow])
Reference
For details on capturing data of a print job, contact the technical representative.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [Security Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the Security Settings screen, press [Security Details].
3
In the Security Details screen, press [Print Data Capture].
4
Press the desired button.
Whether to allow or prohibit data capturing of a print job is specified.
% For details, contact your technical representative.
12-58
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12.4
12
Administrator Settings
12.4.18 Secure Print Only
Specify whether the printing from the computer should be limited only to the security document. (Default:
[No])
Whenever printing is done from the printer driver, the data must be transmitted using the secure printing. Because this setting requires ID/password for every print job, your job is protected from intercepting by a third
party.
[Yes]: Select this option to limit the printing only to the secure documents.
[No]: Select this option not to limit the printing to the secure documents.
Reference
When you print a document on the machine with [Secure Print Only] set to [Yes], specify [Secure Print
Only] on the printer driver so that only the [Secure Print] jobs are transmitted.
If a normal print job is sent to the machine where [Secure Print Only] is set to [Yes], the print job is deleted.
d Reference
For details on secure printing, refer to page 11-6.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [Security Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the Security Settings screen, press [Security Details].
3
Switch the page by pressing [
4
Press the desired button.
] or [
], and then press [Secure Print Only].
Whether the printing should be limited to security documents is specified.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
12-59
12
Administrator Settings
12.4
12.4.19 Driver Password Encryption Setting
For the common encryption key to be added to print jobs, specify whether to use the factory default setting
or to change to a user-defined encryption passphrase. (Default: [Use Factory Default])
[User-Defined]: Specify an encryption passphrase. Enter an encryption passphrase of 20 characters.
[Use Factory Default]: Select this option to use the encryption passphrase <a preset encryption key
(common key) that is not exposed> preset at shipping.
Reference
An encryption passphrase must be specified using 20 characters.
User, account, and secure document passwords are encrypted by the common encryption key.
When [User-Defined] is selected for the encryption passphrase, select the check box for the encryption
passphrase in the printer driver to enable it, and then enter the same value.
If different values are used for the encryption passphrase for the machine and the printer driver, the machine cannot decrypt the encrypted user password, account password or secure document password,
and printing cannot be performed. For details, refer to page 11-33.
When OpenAPI is used and SSL is enabled, it is possible for the machine to obtain the common encryption key provided that the device information of the printer driver can be obtained automatically.
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, press [Security Settings].
% For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen, refer to page 12-40.
2
In the Security Settings screen, press [Driver Password Encryption Setting].
3
Press the desired button.
d Reference
For details on selecting [User-Defined] for the encryption passphrase, refer to page 11-33.
12-60
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13
Web Connection
13.1
13
Using Web Connection
13
Web Connection
13.1
Using Web Connection
Web Connection is a device control utility provided by the HTTP server built in the printer controller. Using
a Web browser on a computer connected to the network, you can change machine settings and check the
status of the machine. Using this utility, you can configure some settings, which are to be handled in the control panel of this machine, through your computer, and also smoothly enter characters.
13.1.1
Operating environment
Operating environment
13.1.2
Network
Ethernet (TCP/IP)
Applications on computer
Web browser:
<For Windows NT4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista>
• Microsoft Internet Explorer Ver. 6/7 (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
• Netscape Navigator 7.02 or later (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
• Mozilla Firefox 1.0 or later (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
<For Macintosh MacOS 9.x/MacOS X>
• Netscape Navigator 7.02 or later (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
• Mozilla Firefox 1.0 or later (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
<For Linux>
• Netscape Navigator 7.02 or later (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
• Mozilla Firefox 1.0 or later (JavaScript and Cookies enabled
Adobe® Flash® Player:
• Plug-in Ver.7.0 or later required to select Flash as the display format.
• Plug-in Ver.9.0 or later required to use the Data Management Utility
(font/macro data management).
Accessing Web Connection
0
0
0
0
Start the Web browser to access Web Connection.
If User Authentication is enabled, enter the user name and password. For details, refer to page 13-10.
For details on setting the IP address of this machine, refer to [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Web Connection has two view modes: Flash and HTML. For details, refer to page 13-8.
1
Start the Web browser.
2
Enter the IP address of the machine in the URL field, and then press [Enter].
http://<IP address of the machine>/
Example: When the IP address of this machine is 192.168.1.20:
http://192.168.1.20/
When IPv6 is set to [ON] while a browser other than Internet Explorer is used:
Enter the IPv6 address enclosed in brackets [ ] to access Web Connection.
–
http://[IPv6 address of this machine]/
Example: When the IPv6 address of this machine is fe80::220:6bff:fe10:2f16:
http://[fe80::220:6bff:fe10:2f16]/
If IPv6 is set to [ON] while Internet Explorer is used, add "fe80::220:6bff:fe10:2f16IPv6 IPv6_MFP_1" to
the hosts file in advance, and specify the address with the domain name.
The main menu or login page appears.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-3
13
13.1.3
Using Web Connection
13.1
Web browser cache
The Web browser has the cache function; therefore, the latest information may not be shown in the page displayed using Web Connection. Using the cache function may result in an operation failure. When using Web
Connection, disable the cache function on the Web browser.
Reference
Some Web browser versions may provide different menus and item names. For details, refer to the Help
for the Web browser.
With the cache function enabled, timeout occurs in the administrator mode, and after that, how many
time you try to access, just timeout recurs. It results in the control panel of this machine being locked,
and you cannot handle the control panel. In this case, turn the main power off, and then turn it on again.
To avoid this problem, disable the cache function.
For Internet Explorer
1
Select [Internet Options] in the [Tools] menu.
2
In the [General] tab, select [Temporary Internet files] - [Settings].
3
Select [Every visit to the page], and click [OK].
For Netscape Navigator
1
Select [Preferences] in the [Edit] menu.
2
In [Category] on the left, select [Advanced ] - [Cache].
3
In [Document in cache is compared to document on network], select [Every time].
For Mozilla Firefox
13-4
1
Select [Options] in the [Tools] menu.
2
Select [Privacy], and then click [Settings] in the Private Data section.
3
Select the [Cache] check box under [Private Data] select the [Clear private data when closing Firefox]
check box under [Settings], and then click [OK].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.2
Login and Logout
13.2
Login and Logout
13.2.1
Login and logout flows
13
Accessing with Web Connection displays the login page when User Authentication or Account Track is enabled, and displays the login page in the public user mode when User Authentication or Account Track is not
enabled. When re-logging in to this machine as a different user or as an administrator, log out once, and log
in again.
When user authentication or account track is not enabled
You are automatically logged in as a public user.
The top menu page appears.
To log in as an administrator, log out once.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-5
13
Login and Logout
13.2
Login as an administrator again.
When User Authentication or Account Track is enabled
If Authentication Manager is used for authentication, ask your server administrator about the login procedure.
The User Authentication or Account Track page appears. Enter the required items to log in.
To log in as a different user or as an administrator, log out once.
13-6
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.2
Login and Logout
13
Log in again.
13.2.2
Logout
Click [Logout] or [To Login Screen] at the upper right of the window. A logout confirmation page appears.
Click [OK] to return to the login page.
Reference
The login page that appears differs depending on whether Authentication is enabled in this machine.
When logged in as a public user, [To Login Screen] appears. When logged in as a registered user or an
administrator, [Logout] appears.
If timeout occurred because no operation was performed for the specified period during login or if authentication setting was changed using the control panel while logging in to the user mode, you will automatically log out of the mode.
For details on how to specify the timeout period of the user or administrator modes, refer to page 13-22.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-7
13
13.2.3
Login and Logout
13.2
Login
Web Connection provides the user or administrator mode depending on how to log in. If necessary, you can
log in to the user mode as an administrator or User Box administrator depending on user authentication or
User Box administrator setting.
Reference
You can log in as a User Box administrator when the User Box administrator is enabled using the control panel. For details on the User Box administrator settings, permissions and password settings, refer
to the [User's Guide Box Operations].
When logged in to the user mode as an administrator, jobs that could not be deleted in the administrator
mode can be deleted.
In the login page, select the desired Data Management Utility. For details on Data Management Utility,
refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
Login options
You can select items as required when logging in.
Item
Description
[Language]
Select the display language.
[View Mode]
Select Flash or HTML.
• If the screen reader software is used, we recommend selecting [HTML] as the
view mode.
• In an IPv6 environment, select [HTML].
• Flash Player is required when selecting [Flash].
[User Assist]
Select the [Display dialog box in case of warning.] check box to display the dialog
box when a warning has occurred or during operation after login.
Reference
If [Flash] is selected in [View Mode], the following items are displayed using Flash.
–
Status icons and messages
–
Status of [Paper Tray] in the page displayed when [Device Information] is selected on the Information
tab
–
Page display of [Job]
13-8
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.2
Login and Logout
13
Logging in as a public user
If user authentication is not enabled on the machine, you will be logging in as a public user. In the login page,
select [Public User Access], and click [Login].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-9
13
Login and Logout
13.2
Logging in as a registered user
Specify the registered user name and password to log in when User Authentication is enabled in this machine.
%
In the login page, enter the user name and the password, and click [Login].
Reference
If Account Track is enabled, also enter the account name and password.
To select a user name from a list, click [User List].
If External Server Authentication is enabled, select a server.
To log in to the user mode as an administrator, select [Administrator] - [Administrator (User Mode)], and
enter the administrator password.
If [Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error] in Administrator Settings is set to [Mode 2] and a
user enters an incorrect password the specified number of times, that user is locked out and can no
longer use the printer. Contact your administrator to cancel operation restrictions.
[User List] is available only when [User Name List] is set to [ON]. For details, refer to the [User's Guide
Copy Operations].
13-10
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.2
Login and Logout
13
Logging in to the administrator mode
To configure the system or network setting, log in to the administrator mode.
%
In the login page, select [Administrator] and click [Login].
% Enter the administrator password in the page that appears, and then click [OK].
Reference
To log in to the user mode as an administrator, select [Administrator] - [Administrator (User Mode)], and
enter the administrator password.
Logging in to the administrator mode locks the control panel of this machine, and you will not be able
to use it.
Depending on the status of this machine, you may not be able to log in to the administrator mode.
If [Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error] in the Administrator Settings is set to [Mode 2] and
an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times, it is no longer possible to log in to the
administrator mode. For details on the Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error parameter, refer
to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
The password entry page varies depending on the machine settings.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-11
13
Login and Logout
13.2
Logging in as the User Box Administrator
You can log in to the user mode as an administrator to delete a job when User Authentication is enabled in
this machine. If necessary, you can log in to the user mode as a User Box administrator when the User Box
administrator is enabled using the control panel.
%
In the login page, select [Administrator] and click [Login].
% To log in to the user mode as a User Box administrator, select [User Box Administrator], and enter
the User Box administrator's password.
Reference
To log in to the user mode as an administrator, select [Administrator] - [Administrator (User Mode)], and
enter the administrator password.
If [Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error] in the Administrator Settings is set to [Mode 2] and
an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times, it is no longer possible to log in to the
administrator mode. For details on the Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error parameter, refer
to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
The password entry page varies depending on the machine settings.
You can display the explanation of functions (Help) when necessary. To display Help, select [ON] in Display Setting.
–
[On Mouse]: Point the cursor to display Help.
–
[On Focus]: Select an item to display Help.
13-12
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.3
13.3
13
Structure of pages
Structure of pages
Clicking an item in the top menu after logging in to Web Connection shows the linked information in the following configuration. The following shows an example of the page displayed when Device Information is selected in the Information tab.
Reference
The contents of the Web Connection pages vary depending on the options installed in this machine or
the settings of this machine.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
No.
Item
Description
1
Login user name
Displays the current login mode icon and user name (public, administrator, User Box administrator, registered user, or account). Click
the user name to display the login user name.
2
Status display
Displays the status of the printer and scanner sections of this machine with icons and messages. Clicking the desired icon when an
error occurs displays the information (Consumable Info, Paper Tray,
or user registration page) associated with the icon to enable you to
check the status.
3
Message display
Displays the operating status of this machine.
4
[To Login Screen]/ [Logout]
Click this button to log out the current mode and log in again. When
logged in as a public user, [To Login Screen] appears. When logged
in as a registered user or an administrator, [Logout] appears.
5
[Change Password]
Click this button to jump to the user password change page. This
button appears only in the user mode page in which you logged in
as a registered user.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-13
13
Structure of pages
No.
Item
Description
6
Help
Click this icon to display the page specified in the Online Help Website. For the specified pages, refer to [Online Assistance] in
page 13-21.
7
Refresh
Click this icon to refresh the information displayed in the page.
8
Icon
Select the category of the item to be displayed. The following icons
are displayed in the user mode.
• Information
• Job
• User Box
• Direct Print
• Store Address
• Customize
9
Menu
Displays information and setting for the selected icon. The menu that
appears in this area varies depending on which icon was selected.
Information and settings
Displays the details of the item selected in the menu.
10
13-14
13.3
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.4
13.4
Overview of the user mode
13
Overview of the user mode
After logging in to Web Connection in the user mode, the following functions can be specified.
13.4.1
Information
d Reference
For other information on the user mode, refer to Web Connection Help in Utilities DVD-ROM.
Item
Description
[Device Information]
Enables you to check the components, options, consumables, and meter counts of
this machine.
[Online Assistance]
Enables you to check the online assistance about this product.
[Change User
Password]
Changes the password of the login user.
[Function Permission Information]
Enables you to check the function permission information about the user or account.
[Network Setting
Information]
Enables you to check the network settings of this machine.
[Print Setting Information]
Enables you to check the printer controller settings of this machine.
[Print Information]
Prints font or configuration information.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-15
13
13.4.2
13.4.3
Overview of the user mode
13.4
Job
Item
Description
[Current Jobs]
Enables you to check the currently executed job or queued jobs.
[Job History]
Enables you to check the executed jobs.
[Communication
List]
Enables you to check the completed transmission and reception jobs.
User Box
d Reference
For details on the operating procedures for User Boxes, refer to the [User's Guide Box Operations].
13-16
Item
Description
[Open User Box]
Opens the currently created User Box (Public, Personal, or Group User Box) to enable you to print, send, or download a document saved in the User Box or to change
the User Box setting.
[Create User Box]
Enables to create a new User Box.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.4
13.4.4
Overview of the user mode
13
Item
Description
[Open System
User Box]
Displayed when the optional Fax Kit is installed. This function opens the System
User Box (Bulletin Board, Polling TX, Memory RX, or Relay User Box) to enable you
to handle a document saved in the User Box or change the User Box setting.
[Create System
User Box]
Displayed when the optional Fax Kit is installed. This function enables you to create
a new Bulletin Board or Relay User Box.
Direct print
Item
Description
[Direct Print]
Specify a file saved in the computer to print it using this machine. If necessary, you
can select Application to save a document in the specified User Box.
Reference
[Direct Print] may not be displayed depending on settings in the administrator mode.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-17
13
13.4.5
Overview of the user mode
13.4
Address Registration
[Store Address] may not be displayed depending on settings in the administrator mode.
13-18
Item
Description
[Address Book]
Enables you to check the address book registered in this machine or to register and
change an address.
[Group]
Enables you to check the group address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address.
[Program]
Enables you to check the program address book registered in this machine or to
register and change an address.
[Temporary OneTouch]
Enables you to check the temporary program address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address.
[Subject]
Allows you to register or change up to 10 subjects when sending E-mails.
[Text]
Allows you to register or change up to 10 body messages when sending E-mails.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.4
13.4.6
Overview of the user mode
13
Customize
This function enables you to specify the initial screen after logging in.
Item
Description
[Option]
Enables you to configure the settings displayed in the initial page after logging in to
this machine.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-19
13
13.5
Administrator mode overview
13.5
Administrator mode overview
Logging in to the administrator mode enables you to use the following functions.
d Reference
For details on the administrator mode, refer to the [User's Guide Network Administrator].
13.5.1
13-20
Maintenance
Item
Description
[Meter Count]
Enables you to check the meter count of this machine.
[ROM Version]
Enables you to check the ROM version.
[Import/Export]
Saves (exports) setting information of this machine as a file, or writes (imports) it
from a file to this machine.
[Status Notification Setting]
Configure the function to be reported to a registered user when an error has occurred in this machine. Specify the destination and items to notify a registered user
of an error.
[Total Counter
Notification Setting]
Configure the setting to notify the target user of the total counter by E-mail, and register the E-mail address of the destination.
[Date/Time Setting]
Specify the date and time displayed in this machine.
[Timer Setting]
Configure Power Save or Weekly Timer Setting in this machine.
[Network Error
Code Display
Setting]
Specify whether to display the network error code.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.5
13.5.2
Administrator mode overview
13
Item
Description
[Reset]
Clears all settings for the network, controller and destinations.
[License Settings]
Allows you to issue a license and enable functions. Also, a request code can be issued.
[Edit Font/Macro]
Adds font or macro.
[Job Log]
Allows you to create and download log data of the jobs that were executed in this
machine.
System Settings
Reference
To use this machine as a scanner with the application software under TWAIN, install the dedicated driver software "TWAIN". For details, refer to the TWAIN driver manual in the DVD supplied together with
this machine.
Item
Description
[Machine Setting]
Changes the registration information of this machine.
[Register Support Information]
Specify support information (such as contact name, corporate URL, or online manual URL) of this machine. To display this information, select [Information] - [Online
Assistance].
[Network TWAIN]
Specify the time to release the operation lock when scanning (excluding push-scanning).
If necessary, configure settings to enable saving or reading a document in or from
the external memory.
[User Box Setting]
Define the User Box functions such as deleting an unnecessary User Box or specifying the document deletion time.
If necessary, configure settings to enable saving or reading a document in or from
the external memory.
[Stamp Settings]
Register a header or footer.
[Blank Page Print
Settings]
Specify whether to print contents configured in "Stamp/Composition" on blank pages.
[Skip Job Operation Settings]
Specify whether to skip a job.
[Flash Display
Setting]
Specify whether to allow or restrict the flash display.
[System Connection Setting]
Configure the automatic setting of Prefix/Suffix or the setting for printing data in a
cellular phone.
[Outline PDF Setting]
Specify whether to outline text.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-21
13
13.5.3
Administrator mode overview
13.5
Security
Item
Description
[PKI Settings]
Register device certificates and configure the SSL, protocol, or external certificate
settings.
[Certificate Verification Settings]
Specify the items to validate a certificate.
[Address Reference Setting]
When giving destination access permission, specify a reference allowed group
name or access allowed level.
[Restrict User Access]
Specify the function to restrict user operations.
[Copy Security]
Specify whether to use the copy guard or password copy function.
[Auto Logout]
Specify the time to automatically log out the administrator or user mode.
[Administrator
Password Setting]
Specify the password to log in to the administrator mode.
[Administrator Password Setting] is not displayed when:
The SSL certificate is not installed
[Enhanced Security Mode] is enabled.
[Mode using SSL/TLS] is set to [None] in [Security] - [PKI Settings] - [SSL Setting] even though a device
certificate is already registered
13-22
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.5
13.5.4
Administrator mode overview
13
User authentication/Account track
Item
Description
[Authentication
Method]
Configure the User Authentication or Account Track setting in this machine. To enable authentication, configure the number of assigned counters or the When
Number of Jobs Reach Maximum setting.
[User Authentication Setting]
When enabling User Authentication, register the target user or configure user setting.
[Account Track
Settings]
When enabling Account Track, register and edit the target account.
[External Server
Settings]
When enabling external server authentication, register the external server.
[Public User Box
Setting]
Specify the upper limit of the number of User Boxes.
[User/Account
Common Setting]
Specify whether to print data in single color or two-color mode.
[Scan to Home
Settings]
Configure the setting to send a file to the Home folder.
[Scan to Authorized Folder Settings]
Configure settings to restrict manual transmission destination.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-23
13
13.5.5
13-24
Administrator mode overview
13.5
Network
Item
Description
[TCP/IP Setting]
Configure the TCP/IP setting when connecting this machine via network.
[E-mail Setting]
Configure the settings to send or receive E-mails (including Internet fax), and specify
the extension function such as E-mail authentication.
[LDAP Setting]
Configure the settings to register the LDAP server.
[IPP Setting]
Configure the IPP print setting.
[FTP Setting]
Configure the settings to use this machine as an FTP client or server.
[SNMP Setting]
Configure SNMP settings.
[SMB Setting]
Configure the SMB client, WINS, or SMB print setting.
[Web Service Settings]
Configure the settings to perform scanning or printing using Web services.
[Bonjour Setting]
Configure Bonjour settings.
[NetWare Setting]
Configure NetWare settings.
[AppleTalk Setting]
Configure AppleTalk settings.
[Network Fax Setting]
Configure the direct SMTP TX or direct SMTP RX settings.
[WebDAV Settings]
Configure the WebDAV settings.
[OpenAPI Settings]
Configure the OpenAPI settings.
[TCP Socket Setting]
Configure the TCP Socket settings to have a data communication between this machine and the application software in your computer.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.5
13.5.6
Administrator mode overview
13
Item
Description
[IEEE802.1x Authentication Setting]
Configure IEEE802.1X authentication settings.
[LLTD Setting]
Select whether to enable or disable LLTD.
[SSDP Settings]
Configure the SSDP settings.
[Bluetooth Setting]
Select whether to enable or disable Bluetooth.
• To enable a Bluetooth communication, contact your service representative in advance.
User Box
Logging in to the administrator mode enables you to handle a User Box without entering the password when
opening it.
Item
Description
[Open User Box]
Opens the currently created User Box (Public, Group, or Personal User Box) to enable you to change the User Box setting.
• Document operations are not available in the administrator mode.
• User Box operations are available even if a password is specified for the target
User Box.
[Create User Box]
Enables to create a new User Box.
[Open System
User Box]
Enables you to open the System User Box (Bulletin Board, Relay, or Annotation User
Box) to enable you to handle a document saved in the User Box or change the User
Box setting.
• The Bulletin Board and Relay User Boxes are available when the optional Fax Kit
FK-502 is installed.
[Create System
User Box]
Enables you to create a new Bulletin Board, Relay, or Annotation User Box.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-25
13
13.5.7
13-26
Administrator mode overview
13.5
Printer Setting
Item
Description
[Basic Setting]
Specify the default values of the printer.
[PCL Setting]
Specify the default values in the PCL mode.
[PS Setting]
Specify the default values in the PS mode.
[TIFF Setting]
Specify the paper to print TIFF images.
[XPS Settings]
Configure the XPS print settings.
[Interface Setting]
Specify the timeout period of the interface.
[Direct Print Settings]
Configure the settings to enable direct printing using Web Connection.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.5
13.5.8
13
Administrator mode overview
Address Registration
Item
Description
[Address Book]
Enables you to check the address book registered in this machine or to register and
change an address.
[Group]
Enables you to check the group address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address.
[Program]
Enables you to check the program address book registered in this machine or to
register and change an address.
[Temporary OneTouch]
Enables you to check the temporary program address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address.
[Subject]
Registers up to 10 subjects when sending E-mails.
[Text]
Registers up to 10 body messages to be used when sending E-mails.
[Application Registration]
Registers application settings and server addresses when using the applications
such as RightFax Server registered in the external server. Registering applications
and servers enables you to automatically connect to the server of the selected application.
• [Application Registration] is not displayed when the optional Fax Kit is installed.
[Prefix/Suffix]
Registers Prefix or Suffix to be added as destination information when E-mailing.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-27
13
13.5.9
13-28
Administrator mode overview
13.5
Fax Settings
Item
Description
[Header/Footer
Position]
Configure the setting to print the sender or receiving information.
[Line Parameter
Setting]
Specify the fax line such as Dialing Method.
[TX/RX Settings]
Configure the paper, User Box, and other settings for sending or receiving data.
[Function Setting]
Configure the fax settings for Memory RX or Network Fax.
[PBX Connection
Setting]
Specify the outside line at PBX connection.
[Report Settings]
Configure the setting for a report, for example, Activity Report, to be output when
sending or receiving data.
[Multi Line Settings]
Specify the parameters and functions of the extended line.
• This item is displayed when a line is extended.
[Network Fax Setting]
Configure the setting to use network fax.
[Header Information]
Registers sender information and fax number when sending data.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13.5
Administrator mode overview
13
13.5.10 Setting for each purpose
Configure the settings according to the instructions shown in the window for items requiring multiple settings.
The available setting items are as follows.
Configure the settings for sending a scanned document
Configure the network print settings
Restrict users using this machine
Reference
As the setting procedure proceeds, its progress flow is displayed on the left.
If setting is cancelled, you will return to the Setting for each purpose screen after the items that were
configured before cancellation have been applied.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
13-29
13
13-30
Administrator mode overview
13.5
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
14
Troubleshooting
14.1
14
Cannot print
14
Troubleshooting
14.1
Cannot print
This section describes how to solve issues and problems that you may encounter while using the printer.
If you cannot print even when you have completed the printing procedure, check the following items in order
from beginning to end.
Problem
Possible Cause
Remedy
A message saying "Printer is not
connected" or "Print Error" appears on the computer screen.
The printer driver specified
when printing may not be supported by the printer controller.
Check the specified printer name.
The network or USB cable may
be disconnected.
Check that the cable is correctly
connected.
An error may have occurred on
this machine.
Check the control panel of this
machine.
Memory may be insufficient.
Perform a test printing to check
whether printing is possible.
Memory of the computer may
be insufficient.
Perform a test printing to check
whether printing is possible.
There may be an error in the application software settings.
Refer to the user's manual of the
application software to check the
settings.
The file printing settings may be
incorrect.
Change the settings and try to
print again.
The printer driver specified
when printing may not be supported by the printer controller.
Check the specified printer name.
The network or USB cable may
be disconnected.
Check that the cable is correctly
connected.
An error may have occurred on
this machine.
Check the control panel of this
machine.
Unprocessed jobs may remain
on this machine and be waiting
to be processed.
Check the processing order for
the job using Job List on the control panel of this machine.
When [Skip Job Operation Settings] is enabled in the [Administrator Settings] of this machine,
only the jobs without a problem
are processed.
When executing the print job,
[Save in User Box] may have
been specified.
Check from the control panel of
the machine whether the intended print job is held in a User Box.
When executing the print job,
[Secure Print Only] may have
been specified.
Check from the control panel of
the machine whether the intended print job is held in the [Secure
Print User Box].
[Secure Print Only] may be
specified on the machine.
Use [Secure Print] when executing the print job.
When the account track is enabled, you may have entered an
unregistered account track
code or password.
Enter the correct account track
code and password.
A postscript error appears on
the computer screen.
Print processing on the computer finished, but printing does
not start.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
14-3
14
Cannot print
Problem
14.1
Possible Cause
Remedy
When the user authentication is
enabled, you may have entered
an unregistered user name or
password.
Enter the correct user name or
password.
Different encryption passphrases may be specified for the
printer driver and the machine.
Specify the same encryption
passphrase for the machine and
the printer driver.
Memory of the computer may
be insufficient.
Perform a test printing to check
whether printing is possible.
Network connection with the
printer controller is not established (when connecting via the
network).
Contact your network administrator.
This machine may be in the enhanced security mode.
Configure authentication settings
in the enhanced security mode.
For details, contact the printer administrator.
Printing order is disturbed - a
job sent later is printed before
the preceding jobs.
An error may have occurred on
the printer for a reason such as
running out of paper.
When [Skip Job Operation Settings] is enabled in the [Administrator Settings] of the printer, only
the jobs without a problem are
processed and those with any
problem are held in queue.
Secure print is not available.
The password rules may be enabled on the machine.
Specify a password according to
the password rules.
Different encryption passphrases may be specified for the
printer driver and the machine.
Specify the same encryption
passphrase for the machine and
the printer driver.
Jobs saved in a User Box have
disappeared.
Jobs saved in a User Box may
be deleted due to the settings
on the machine.
Check the User Box settings for
the machine. For details, refer to
the [User's Guide Box Operations].
Printing in the user authentication or account track mode is
not available.
The user name, account name
or password is incorrect.
Enter the correct user name, account name and password.
User authentication or account
track may be disabled on the
printer driver.
Enable user authentication or account track on the printer driver.
Different encryption passphrases may be specified for the
printer driver and the machine.
Specify the same encryption
passphrase for the machine and
the printer driver.
The entered user name or account name may not be authorized.
Check with the administrator
whether the user name or account name concerned is authorized for printing.
Printing by public users may be
prohibited on the machine.
Check with the administrator
whether printing by public users
is permitted.
Printing is not available when
you have selected [Public User]
in user authentication.
When the above troubleshooting does not eliminate the problem, refer to the [User's Guide Copy Operations].
14-4
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
14.2
14.2
14
Cannot configure the settings/Cannot print according to the settings
Cannot configure the settings/Cannot print according to the settings
Check the following items when you cannot configure settings of the printer driver or cannot print according
to the settings you have configured.
Reference
Some items for the printer driver may not be configured simultaneously.
14.2.1
The printer driver settings have no effect
Problem
Possible Cause
Remedy
Cannot select items in the printer driver.
Some functions cannot be combined.
Grayed out items cannot be configured.
A "conflict" message saying
"unable to configure" or "function will be canceled" appears.
You are trying to configure the
functions that cannot be combined.
Check carefully the functions you
have specified, and then specify
the functions that can be combined.
Cannot print according to the
settings you have configured.
The settings may not be configured correctly.
Check the setting of each item of
the printer driver.
The selected functions can be
combined in the printer driver,
but may not be combined in this
machine.
The paper size or paper orientation specified in the application
may take precedence over the
settings in the printer driver
when printing.
Configure settings in the application correctly.
The watermark settings may not
be configured correctly.
Check the watermark settings.
The density of the watermark
may be too light.
Check the density setting.
Some graphic applications do
not print watermarks.
When using such a program, the
watermark cannot be printed.
The staple function cannot be
used if the Paper Type is set to
Thick or Transparency.
Check the setting of each item of
the printer driver.
The staple function requires the
optional Finisher FS-527 or
Finisher FS-529.
Install the required options and
enable them on the printer driver.
When printing a large number of
pages, stapling cannot be performed.
Change the number of pages to
be printed.
If the document contains pages
of different sizes, stapling cannot be performed.
Check the document.
The stapling position is not as
expected.
The orientation setting is not
correct.
Check the stapling position in the
printer driver settings.
Cannot specify the punch function.
The hole punching cannot be
specified when Booklet, Transparency, Thick 2, Thick 3, or Envelope is selected as the paper
type.
Check the setting of each item of
the printer driver.
The optional Finisher FS-527
and Punch Kit are required.
Install the required options and
enable them on the printer driver.
The watermark cannot be printed.
The staple function cannot be
specified.
Cannot staple.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
14-5
14
14.2.2
14.2.3
14-6
Cannot configure the settings/Cannot print according to the settings
14.2
Problem
Possible Cause
Remedy
Cannot punch.
Printed pages may be fed out
without being punched if the paper is loaded into the paper
source with an incorrect orientation.
Check the orientation setting.
The punch position is not as expected.
The orientation setting is not
correct.
Check the punching position in
the printer driver settings.
Combination fails; pages are not
combined, but are printed separately.
Originals having different orientations are combined.
Align the orientations of the original.
The overlay is not printed properly.
Memory of the computer may
be insufficient.
Simplify the overlay to reduce the
data size.
Overlay data was created in
color.
For color overlay data, the overlay
is printed in color even if Gray
Scale is selected with the PCL
driver.
Images are not printed properly.
Memory of the computer may
be insufficient.
Simplify the images to reduce the
data size.
Paper is not fed from the specified paper source.
Paper will not be fed from the
specified paper source if that
paper source is loaded with paper of a different size or orientation.
Load the paper of the appropriate
size and orientation into the desired paper source.
The user authentication or account track setting field is
grayed out and cannot be specified.
User authentication or account
track may be disabled on the
Windows printer driver.
In the [Configure] tab, enable user
authentication or account track.
Problem
Possible Cause
Remedy
Cannot install the printer driver.
It has already been installed in
Windows Vista/Server 2008 as a
printer compatible with the Web
service print function.
If you try to install a printer driver
in Windows Vista/Server 2008 by
use of the Web service print function, it is recognized as installed
before the actual installation is
completed. Uninstall the printer in
the [Network] Window, and then
install it again.
Others
Error message
Message
Cause and remedy
Cannot connect to the network
A connection to the network was not able to be established. Make
sure that the network cable is correctly connected. In addition, make
sure that [Network Settings] in [Administrator Settings] have been correctly configured.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
15
Appendix
15
15.1
Product specifications
15
Appendix
15.1
Product specifications
Item
Specifications
Type
Built-in printer controller
Power supply
Common with the machine
RAM
2,048 MB
HDD
VL3622c/VL2822c: 250GB
VL2222c: Option
I/F
Ethernet (1000Base-T/100Base-TX/10Base-T)
USB 2.0
Frame type
Ethernet 802.2
Ethernet 802.3
Ethernet II
Ethernet SNAP
Supported protocols
TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6), BOOTP, ARP, ICMP, DHCP, DHCPv6, AutoIP, SLP,
SNMP, FTP, LPR/LPD, RAW Socket, SMB over, TCP/IP, IPP, HTTP, POP,
SMTP, LDAP, NTP, SSL, IPX/SPX, AppleTalk, Bonjour, NetBEUI, WebDAV,
DPWS, S/MIME, IPsec, DNS, DynamicDNS, LLMNR, LLTD
Printer language
PCL5/c6 Emulation
PCL XL ver. 2.1 Emulation
PostScript 3 Emulation (3016)
XPS ver.1.0
Operating environment
conditions
Temperature: 10 to 30 degrees Centigrade
Humidity: 15 to 85%RH
Resolution
Data
processing
600 e 600 dpi (Print and Fax functions)
400 e 400 dpi (Fax function)
200 e 200 dpi (Fax function)
Print
600 dpi e 600 dpi
Supported paper sizes
Maximum standard size
(For banner printing: Paper width 8-1/4 to 11-11/16 inches (210 to 297 mm)
e paper length 18 to 47-1/4 inches (457.3 to 1200 mm)
Fonts (Built-in fonts)
<PCL>
European 80 fonts
<PostScript 3 Emulation>
European 137 fonts
Compatible computer
IBM PC or compatible, and Macintosh (PowerPC, Intel Processor: Intel
Processor is for Mac OS X 10.4/10.5 only)
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
15-3
15
15-4
Product specifications
15.1
Item
Specifications
Printer driver
PCL Driver (PCL driver)
Windows NT Workstation Version 4.0 (Service
Pack 6 or later)
Windows NT Server Version 4.0 (Service Pack
6 or later)
Windows 2000 Professional (Service Pack 4 or
later)
Windows 2000 Server (Service Pack 3 or later)
Windows XP Home Edition (Service Pack 1 or
later)
Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 1 or
later)
Windows Server 2003, Standard Edition (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise Edition
(Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition
Windows XP Professional e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003, Standard e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise e64 Edition
Windows Vista Business *
Windows Vista Enterprise *
Windows Vista Home Basic *
Windows Vista Home Premium *
Windows Vista Ultimate *
Windows Server 2008 Standard *
Windows Server 2008 Enterprise *
*
Supports 32-bit (e86)/64-bit (e64) environment.
PostScript Driver (PS
driver)
Windows 2000 Professional (Service Pack 4 or
later)
Windows 2000 Server (Service Pack 3 or later)
Windows XP Home Edition (Service Pack 1 or
later)
Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 1 or
later)
Windows Server 2003, Standard Edition (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise Edition
(Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition
Windows XP Professional e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003, Standard e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise x64 Edition
Windows Vista Business *
Windows Vista Enterprise *
Windows Vista Home Basic *
Windows Vista Home Premium *
Windows Vista Ultimate *
Windows Server 2008 Standard *
Windows Server 2008 Enterprise *
* Supports 32-bit (e86)/64-bit (e64) environment.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
15.1
15
Product specifications
Item
Utility
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
Specifications
XPS Driver (XPS driver)
Windows Vista Business *
Windows Vista Enterprise *
Windows Vista Home Basic *
Windows Vista Home Premium *
Windows Vista Ultimate *
Windows Server 2008 Standard *
Windows Server 2008 Enterprise *
*
Supports 32-bit (e86)/64-bit (e64) environment.
PostScript PPD driver
(PS-PPD)
Mac OS 9.2 or later
Mac OS X 10.2.8/10.3/10.4/10.5
Fax driver
Windows NT Workstation Version 4.0 (Service
Pack 6 or later)
Windows NT Server Version 4.0 (Service Pack
6 or later)
Windows 2000 Professional (Service Pack 4 or
later)
Windows 2000 Server (Service Pack 3 or later)
Windows XP Home Edition (Service Pack 1 or
later)
Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 1 or
later)
Windows Server 2003, Standard Edition (Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise Edition
(Service Pack 1 or later)
Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition
Windows XP Professional e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003, Standard e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard e64 Edition
Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise e64 Edition
Windows Vista Business *
Windows Vista Enterprise *
Windows Vista Home Basic *
Windows Vista Home Premium *
Windows Vista Ultimate *
Windows Server 2008 Standard *
Windows Server 2008 Enterprise *
*
Supports 32-bit (e86)/64-bit (e64) environment.
Web Connection
Compatible Web browsers:
<For Windows NT4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista>
• Microsoft Internet Explorer Ver. 6/7 (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
• Netscape Navigator 7.02 or later (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
Mozilla Firefox 1.0 or later (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
<For Macintosh MacOS 9.x/MacOS X>
• Netscape Navigator 7.02 or later (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
• Mozilla Firefox 1.0 or later (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
<For Linux>
• Netscape Navigator 7.02 or later (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
• Mozilla Firefox 1.0 or later (JavaScript and Cookies enabled)
Adobe® Flash® Player :
• Plug-in Ver.7.0 or later required to select Flash as the display format.
• Plug-in Ver.9.0 or later required to use the Data Management Utility
(font/macro data management).
15-5
15
15-6
Product specifications
15.1
Item
Specifications
MetaFrame operating environment
The operation of this driver has been confirmed only in the following environments.
Server OS: Windows 2000 Advanced server/Windows 2003 Enterprise
Server
MetaFrame: Citrix® MetaFrame® Presentation Server 3.0
Citrix® MetaFrame® Presentation Server 4.0
Client OS: Windows 2000/Windows XP
ICAClient: ICA32bit
* For operating in an environment other than those described above, consult the dealer.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
15.2
Printing reports
15.2
Printing reports
15.2.1
Configuration page
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
15
15-7
15
15.2.2
15-8
Printing reports
15.2
PCL font list
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
15.2
15.2.3
Printing reports
15
PS font list
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
15-9
15
15.2.4
15-10
Printing reports
15.2
GDI demo page
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
15.3
PPD driver (For Linux and applications)
15.3
PPD driver (For Linux and applications)
15.3.1
PPD driver types
15
The PPD driver contains the PPD information for Mac OS 9, Linux, and applications.
Driver for Linux: Install for use with Linux (Contains PPD for Linux and PPD for OpenOffice)
Driver for applications: Install when using applications such as Adobe PageMaker that require the PPD
driver.
15.3.2
PPD driver for Linux
Operating environment
The PPD driver operates in the environment where systems are combined as follows.
OS:Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 -CupsVersion:1.1
OS:SuSE Linux 10.1 -CupsVersion:1.2
OpenOffice v1.1.5
Registering the PPD driver for Linux
1
Copy the PPD file to the CUPS model directory. (/usr/share/cups/model for major Linux)
2
In [Add Printer] of the CUPS printing system, specify PPD to add this machine.
% For details on CUPS, refer to [Help] in the CUPS Web management page.
Configuring the PPD driver for Linux
In [Configure Printer] of the CUPS printing system, configure the functions.
Registering the PPD driver for OpenOffice
1
In [Add Printer] of the CUPS printing system, specify PPD to add this machine.
2
Open the OpenOfficePrinterAdministrator tool.
3
Click [New Printer].
4
In the [Choose a device type] window, select [add a printer], and then click [Next].
5
In the [Choose a driver] window, click [import].
6
Select [36C-1 OpenOffice PPD], and then click [OK].
7
From the [Please Select a Suitable driver.] list, select [36C-1 OpenOffice PPD], and then click [Next].
8
In the [Choose a command line] window, select the printer registered to CUPS, and then click [Next].
9
Click [Finish].
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
15-11
15
PPD driver (For Linux and applications)
15.3
Printing with OpenOffice
1
In OpenOffice, select File-Print.
2
Select [36C-1 OpenOffice PPD] in [Printer name].
3
Click [Properties].
4
Select the desired setting in [Page size], and then click [OK].
To configure settings other than Page Size, click [Configure Printer] in CUPS.
5
15.3.3
Click [OK] in the OpenOffice print window to print.
PPD driver for applications
PPD registration destination (Example: Adobe PageMaker)
For PageMaker 6.0:
Copy the PPD file to RSRCPPD4 under the folder to which PageMaker is installed.
For PageMaker 6.5 and 7.0:
Copy the PPD file to RSRC<Language>PPD4 under the folder to which PageMaker is installed.
How to print
15-12
1
Select [File] - [Print].
2
From the [PPD] box in the print window, select this machine.
3
Configure the [Paper] and [Features] settings for the printer.
4
Click the [Print] button to print.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
15.4
15.4
15
Glossary
Glossary
Term
Description
10Base-T/
100Base-TX/
1000Base-T
A set of specifications under the Ethernet standards. Those cables that consist of
twisted copper wire pairs are used. The transmission rates of 10Base-T,
100Base-TX and 1000Base-T are respectively 10Mbps, 100Mpbs and
1000Mbps.
Adobe® Flash®
Software or its file format developed by Adobe Systems Inc. (formerly by Macromedia, Inc.), used to create a content by compiling vector-graphic animations
and sounds.
The software allows handling interactive contents using keyboard or mouse. The
files can be kept relatively compact and accessed from a Web browser with dedicated plug-in software.
AppleTalk
The generic name for the protocol suite developed by Apple Computer for computer networking.
bit
The abbreviation for binary digit. The smallest unit of information (data quantity)
handled by a computer or printer. A bit uses only a 0 or a 1 to indicate data.
BMP
The abbreviation for bitmap. This is a file format for saving image data. (The file
extension is ".bmp".)
Commonly used on Windows platforms. BMP covers the color depth from monochrome (2 values) to full color (16,777,216 colors). BMP images are not suitable
for compressed storage.
Bonjour
A Macintosh network technology, automatically detecting a device connected to
the network for automatic configuration. Previously called "Rendezvous", and
has been changed to "Bonjour" since Mac OS X v10.4.
BOOTP
The abbreviation for Bootstrap Protocol. The protocol is used for a client computer on the TCP/IP network to load network configuration automatically from a
server. Instead of BOOTP, DHCP, an advanced protocol based on BOOTP, is
typically used today.
Byte
A byte indicates a unit of information (data quantity) handled by a computer or
printer. A byte consists of eight bits.
CMYK
The acronym for Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black. The colors in the toner or ink
used for color printing. Changing the mixing ratio of the four CMYK colors allows
creating any type of full colors.
Default Gateway
A device, such as a computer or router, used as a "gateway" to access computers on different LANs.
DHCP
The acronym for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. The protocol is used for
a client computer on the TCP/IP network to load network configuration automatically from a server. Just using a DHCP server to centrally manage IP addresses
of the DHCP clients enables you to construct a network without IP address conflicts or other troubles.
DNS
The acronym for Domain Name System. DNS allows for obtaining the IP address
corresponding to a host name in network environments. This system enables a
user to access other computers on the network by specifying host names instead
of elusive and non-intuitive IP addresses.
DPI (dpi)
The acronym for Dots Per Inch. A unit of resolution used for printers and scanners. This indicates the number of dots used to represent an inch. The higher this
value, the higher the resolution.
FTP
The acronym for File Transfer Protocol. This is a protocol used for transferring
files via the Internet, an intranet or other TCP/IP network.
HTTP
The acronym for HyperText Transfer Protocol. This is a protocol used to send or
receive data between a Web server and a client (such as a Web browser). HTTP
can exchange files such as images, sounds, and movies that are associated with
documents, including their presentation formats and other information.
IPP
The acronym for Internet Printing Protocol. This is a protocol used to send or receive print data or control printers via the Internet or other TCP/IP network. IPP
can also send and print data to printers in remote areas via the Internet.
IPX
One of the protocols used for NetWare. IPX runs in the network layer of the OSI
reference model.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
15-13
15
Glossary
Term
Description
IPX/SPX
The abbreviation for Internetwork Packet Exchange/Sequenced Packet Exchange. This is a protocol developed by Novell, Inc., typically used in NetWare
environments.
IP Address
An address or a code used to identify an individual network device on the Internet. IPv4 (Internet Protocol version 4), a protocol widely used today, adopts a 32bit number for an IP address separated into four sections. An example of an IPv4
IP address is: 192.168.1.10. On the other hand, IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6),
the next generation protocol, adopts 128-bit IP addresses. An IP address is assigned to every computer or other device connected to the Internet.
LAN
The acronym for Local Area Network. This is a network constructed by connecting computers on the same floor, in the same building, or in neighboring buildings.
LPD
The acronym for Line Printer Daemon. This is a platform-independent printer protocol running on the TCP/IP network. The protocol was originally developed for
BSD UNIX, and has become one of the printing protocols typically used among
general computers.
LPR/LPD
The acronym for Line Printer Request/Line Printer Daemon. This is a printing
method implemented via networks, used for Windows NT or UNIX based systems. It uses TCP/IP to output printing data from Windows or UNIX to a printer
on the network.
MAC address
MAC is the acronym for Media Access Control. A MAC address is an ID number
unique to each Ethernet card, enabling sending or receiving data to or from other
Ethernet cards. A Mac address is a 48-bit number. The first 24 bits are controlled
by IEEE and used to allocate a unique number to each manufacture, whereas the
latter 24 bits are used by each manufacturer to assign a unique number to each
card.
NDPS
The acronym for Novell Distributed Print Services. This provides a high performance printing solution in NDS environments. Using NDPS for the print server simplifies and automates complicated management activities related to printer use.
For example, you can print to a desired printer or automatically download the
printer driver for a newly installed printer. NDPS print servers also integrate management related to the network printers.
NDS
The acronym for Novell Directory Services. This allows the centralized management in a hierarchical structure of shared resources such as servers, printers and
users information on the network, as well as the access privilege and other information related to the users.
NetBIOS
The abbreviation for Network Basic Input Output System. This is a communication interface developed by IBM.
NetBEUI
The abbreviation for NetBIOS Extended User Interface. This is a network protocol
developed by IBM. NetBEUI enables you to construct a small-scale network simply by configuring computer names.
NetWare
A network operating system developed by Novell. This uses NetWare IPX/SPX for
the communication protocol.
Nprinter/
Rprinter
15-14
15.4
A remote printer support module used when using a printer server in NetWare environments. Rprinter is used for NetWare 3.x, and Nprinter for NetWare 4.x.
OHP/OHT
A transparent sheet used for OHP (Overhead projector). This is used for presentations.
OS
The acronym for Operating System. This is base software used to control the system of a computer. Windows, MacOS, or UNIX is an OS.
PDF
The acronym for Portable Document Format. This is an electronically formatted
document with file extension of ".pdf". PDF is a PostScript based format, and can
be viewed using Adobe Acrobat Reader, a free viewer software.
PDL
The acronym for Page Description Language. This is a language used to instruct
a page printer about images being printed on each page.
PostScript
A typical page-descriptive language developed by Adobe and commonly used
for high quality printing.
PPD
The acronym for PostScript Printer Description. This is a file with the description
of resolution, available paper sizes, and other information specific to a PostScript
printer model.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
15.4
15
Glossary
Term
Description
Proxy server
A server that is installed to act as an intermediary connection between each client
and different servers to effectively ensure security over the entire system for Internet connections.
PServer
A print server module available in NetWare environments. This module monitors,
changes, pauses, restarts, or cancels print jobs.
RIP
The acronym for Raster Image Processor. RIP extracts picture images from text
data created using PostScript or other page description language. This processor
is usually integrated into a printer.
RGB
The acronym for Red, Green, and Blue. The RGB are the primary three colors
used for monitor and other devices, producing any of the full colors by changing
their brightness ratio.
Samba
UNIX server software which uses SMB (Server Message Block) to make UNIX
system resources available to Windows environments.
SLP
The acronym for Service Location Protocol. This is a protocol that provides capabilities such as finding services or automatic client configuration on the TCP/IP
network.
SMB
The acronym for Server Message Block. This is a protocol for sharing files and
printers mainly over the Windows network.
SMTP
The acronym for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol. It is a protocol used to transmit
or transfer E-mail messages.
SNMP
The acronym for Simple Network Management Protocol. This is a management
protocol in the TCP/IP network environments.
TCP/IP
The acronym for Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol. It is a de facto
standard protocol widely used for the Internet. An IP address is used to identify
each network device.
TrueType
A type of outline font developed by Apple and Microsoft, and currently used as a
standard font type for Macintosh and Windows. This type of font can be used
both for display and printing.
USB
The acronym for Universal Serial Bus. This is a general-purpose interface defined
for connecting a mouse, printer, and other devices with a computer.
WINS
The acronym for Windows Internet Naming Service. This is a service, available in
Windows environments, to call the name server responsible for conversion between a computer name and an IP address.
XPS
The abbreviation for XML Paper Specification. This is one of the electronic document formats developed by Microsoft Corporation. It is first supported in Windows Vista.
Outline font
A type of fonts represented using lines and curves to display an outline of a character. Larger-size characters can be displayed on a screen or printed with no jagged edges.
Uninstallation
To delete software installed on a computer
Ethernet
A standard for LAN transmission lines.
Print job
A print request transmitted from a computer to a printing device.
Install
To install hardware, operating systems, applications, printer drivers, or other software on to a computer.
Web browser
Software used to view Web pages.
Typical Web browsers include Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator.
Resolution
The resolution value indicates how much detail of an object can be reproduced
precisely on an image or a print matter.
Color matching
A technology for minimizing the difference in colors among different devices such
as scanners, displays and printers.
Brightness
Brightness of a display or other screen.
Queue name
•
•
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
A name assigned to each device for allowing printing to the device via network.
A logical printer name required for LPD/LPR printing.
15-15
15
15-16
Glossary
15.4
Term
Description
Shared printer
A printer connected to a server on the network and configured to be used by multiple computers.
Client
A computer using services provided by servers via the network.
Gray scale
A form of presenting monochrome image by using the gradation information shifting from black to white.
Gateway
Hardware and software used as the point where a network is connected to a network. A gateway not only connects networks but also changes data formats, addresses, and protocols according to the connected networks.
Subnet mask
A value used to divide a TCP/IP network into small networks (subnetworks). This
is used to identify how many higher-order bits of an IP address are used for the
network address.
Screen font
A type of fonts used for displaying characters and symbols on a CRT or other
monitor.
Spool
The acronym for Simultaneous Peripheral Operation On-Line. Data to be output
to a printer is not sent directly to the printer, but is temporarily stored in another
location. The stored data is then sent collectively to the printer.
Touch & Print
A feature that allows documents sent from the printer driver to be printed simply
by placing your finger or IC card on the authentication unit connected to the printer when the user authentication is enabled. In order to use the Touch & Print feature, an authentication unit must be connected to this machine, and the vein
patterns or the ID of the IC card for each user must be registered.
Driver
Software that works as a bridge between a computer and a peripheral device.
Hard disk
A large capacity storage device for storing data.
The data is retained even after the power is turned off.
Peer-to-peer
A type of network where the connected devices can be communicate with each
other without using a dedicated server.
Plug and play
A mechanism used to immediately detect a peripheral device when it is plugged
into a computer, and search for an appropriate driver automatically, so that the
device becomes operable.
Printer driver
Software that works as a bridge between a computer and a printer.
Printer buffer
A memory area temporarily used for processing data of print jobs.
Print queue
A software system used by a spooler to save generated print jobs.
Frame type
A type of communication format used in NetWare environments. For mutual communication, the same frame type is required.
Preview
A function allowing you to view a result image before being actually processed
for printing or scanning.
Protocol
A rule enabling a computer to communicate with other computers or peripherals.
Property
Attribute information. When using a printer driver, different functions can be configured by utilizing its properties. By using properties of a file, you can check the
attribute information about the file.
Profile
A color attribute file. This contains overall input and output correlation data of primary colors, specifically used by the color input and output devices to reproduce
colors.
Host name
The name used to identify a device on a network.
Memory
A storage device used for storing data temporarily. Some types of memory retain
data even after the power is turned off, while others not.
Local printer
A printer connected to a parallel or USB port of a computer.
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
16
Index
16.1
16
Index by item
16
Index
16.1
Index by item
Numerics
2-sided printing 12-16
A
Accessing 13-3
Account track 11-20, 13-6
Adding a printer 4-3, 4-11, 4-17, 4-22
Address registration 13-18, 13-27
Administrator mode 13-11, 13-20
Administrator settings 9-13, 12-40
AppleTalk 3-8, 3-9, 5-5, 5-10, 5-13
Authentication 12-56
Authentication and printing 11-23
Authentication unit 11-29
Auto size switching between A4/A3 and LTR/LGR
12-9
Auto trapping 8-24, 9-24, 10-8, 12-29
B
Back cover 8-15, 9-17, 10-8
Banner printing 11-42
Banner sheet paper tray 12-20
Banner sheet setting 12-10
Basic tab 8-11
Binding direction adjustment 12-11
Binding margin 8-13
Binding position 8-13, 9-15, 10-8, 12-17
Black over print 8-24, 9-24, 10-8, 12-30
Bonjour 3-8, 5-4
C
Cannot configure the settings 14-5
Cannot print 14-3
Capturing print data 12-58
Cellular phone or PDA 11-30
Cellular phone or PDA settings 12-57
Center stapling and folding 8-14, 9-15
Checking jobs 13-16
Collated 9-11, 10-7
Collating 8-12, 9-11
Color settings 8-24, 9-24, 10-8
Combination 8-13, 10-8
Configure tab 8-5
Connection diagram 2-8
Connection methods 3-6
Control panel 2-5
Copy security 8-17, 8-20, 9-20
Cover mode tab 8-15
Cover mode/transparency interleave 9-17
CR/LF mapping 12-25
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
Custom page sizes 10-6
Custom size 8-11, 9-9
Customizing 13-19
D
Date 8-17, 9-20
Date/time 8-22, 9-22
Default settings 8-5, 9-5, 10-4
Deleting secure print documents 12-44
Device option 8-5
Direct printing 13-17
Driver password encryption setting 12-60
E
Edge enhancement 8-24, 9-24
Encryption passphrase 8-6, 9-14, 11-33
Error message 14-6
Ethernet 2-8
F
Fax driver 3-5
Fax settings 13-28
Finish tab 8-14
Finishing options 10-8
Flow of printing 2-4
Folding 8-14, 9-15, 10-8
Font settings 12-21
Font size 12-23
Front cover 8-15, 9-17, 10-8
G
GDI demo page 15-10
General settings 10-7
Glossary 15-13
Glossy mode 8-24, 9-23, 10-8
Gray background text correction 12-13
H
Header/footer 8-17, 9-20, 9-23
I
ICC profile 11-37
ICC profile settings 12-27
ID & print deletion time 12-46
ID & print operation settings 12-50
ID & print settings 12-49
ID & print settings for deletion after printing 12-47
Image compression 8-24
Image shift 8-14, 9-15
Installing 5-3
Interfaces 2-8
16-3
16
Index by item
Interleaving OHP transparencies 8-16, 9-18, 10-8
IPP 3-6, 4-6, 4-14, 4-20, 5-7, 5-12
IPPS 3-6, 4-6, 4-14, 4-20
Output tray settings 12-43
Overlap width line 9-15
Overlay 8-17, 8-19
L
P
Layout 10-7
Layout tab 8-13
Layout/finishing 9-14
Line width adjustment 12-12
Line/page 12-24
Linux 15-11
Local connection 2-10, 4-10, 4-16, 4-21
Logging in 13-5, 13-8
Logging out 13-5, 13-7
LPD 5-6, 5-11, 5-14
LPR 3-6, 4-3, 4-11, 4-17, 4-22, 5-6, 5-11, 5-14
Page attributes 9-10, 10-6
Page number 8-17, 8-22, 9-20, 9-22
Pages 9-11, 10-7
Paper 10-6
Paper arrangement 8-15, 9-15
Paper size 8-11, 9-10, 12-15
Paper source 10-7
Paper tray 8-11, 9-16, 12-14
Paper tray/output tray 9-16
Paper type 8-11, 9-16
Paper view 9-8
Parameter details 8-9, 9-10, 10-6
Pattern 8-24
PCL driver 3-4, 8-3
PCL font list 15-8
PDL setting 12-5
Per page setting 8-15, 9-18
Plug and play 4-10, 4-16, 4-21
Port 9100 3-6, 4-3, 4-11, 4-17
Poster mode 9-15
PostScript 3-4
PPD driver 3-4, 15-11
Print 8-3
Print type 8-13, 9-15, 10-8
Print/fax output setting 12-42
Printer controller 2-3
Printer driver 14-5
Printer drivers 3-4
Printer setting 13-26
Printer specific options 10-8
Printing 2-7, 9-3, 10-3, 11-43
Printing PS errors 12-26
Printing reports 12-32, 15-7
Printing without authentication 12-51
Printing XPS errors 12-54
Product specifications 15-3
Proof print 11-3
Properties 8-5
PS driver 3-4, 8-3
PS font list 15-9
Public user 13-9
Punching 8-14, 9-15, 10-8, 12-19
M
Mac 3-8
Mac OS 9.2 3-9
Macintosh 2-7, 5-3, 7-5
Maintenance 13-20
Mode 1 11-9
Mode 2 11-11
My tab 8-9
N
NetWare 3-9, 6-3
Network 13-24
Network connection 2-9
Network window 4-8
Number of copies 8-12, 9-11, 10-7, 12-6
Number of copies and pages 9-11
O
Offsetting 8-12, 9-11, 10-8
OpenAPI settings 12-56
Operating environment 2-7, 13-3
Operating system 2-7
Option 9-5, 10-4
Orientation 9-10, 10-6
Original direction 12-7
Original orientation 8-11
Original size 8-11
OS 2-7
OS 10.2 3-8, 5-3
OS 10.3 3-8, 5-3
OS 10.4 3-8, 5-3
OS 10.5 3-8, 5-3
OS 9 2-7
OS 9.2 5-13, 7-5, 10-3
OS X 2-7, 5-3, 7-5, 9-3
Other tab 8-25
Output method 8-12, 9-11, 9-12, 10-8
Output tray 8-15, 9-16, 10-8
16-4
16.1
Q
Quality 9-23
Quality tab 8-22
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
16.1
16
Index by item
R
W
Recalling jobs 11-4, 11-8, 11-15, 11-26
Registered user 13-10
Rendezvous 5-9
Rotating 180 degrees 8-13, 9-15
Watermark 8-16, 8-18
Web browser 13-4
Web Connection 13-3
Web Connection direct printing 12-55
Web service 3-6, 4-8
Windows 2-7, 7-3
Windows 2000 3-7, 4-17
Windows NT 4.0 3-8, 4-22
Windows Server 2003 3-7, 4-11
Windows Server 2008 3-6, 4-3
Windows Vista 3-6, 4-3
Windows XP 3-7, 4-11
S
Saving in user boxes 11-13
Scale 9-10, 10-6
Secure documents auto deletion time setting 12-45
Secure print only 12-59
Secure printing 11-6
Security 13-22
Selecting a printer 5-4, 5-13
Selecting colors 8-23, 9-23, 10-8
Separating chapters 8-13, 9-15
Setting for each purpose 13-29
Settings 12-3
Setup 2-9
Single color and 2 color output management 12-52
Skip job operation settings 12-48
Skipping blank pages 8-13
SMB 3-6, 4-3, 4-13, 4-19
Spool settings 12-8
Stamp/composition 9-19
Stamp/composition tab 8-16
Stapling 8-14, 9-15, 10-8, 12-18
Structure of pages 13-13
Symbol set 12-22
System settings 13-21
X
XPS driver 3-4, 8-3
Z
Zoom 8-11
T
TIFF image paper setting 12-33
Time 8-17, 9-20
Timeout 12-53
Toner Save 8-24, 9-23
Troubleshooting 14-3
U
Uninstalling 7-3
USB 2-8, 3-6
User authentication 11-17, 13-6
User authentication/account track 13-23
User box 13-16, 13-25
User box administrator 13-12
User mode 13-15
User settings 12-3
V
Verifying XPS digital signatures 12-31
Viewing information 13-15
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
16-5
16
16.2
Index by button
Index by button
Numerics
L
2-Sided Print 12-16
Line Width Adjustment 12-12
Line/Page 12-24
Login 11-26, 13-9
Logout 13-7
A
A4/A3<->LTR/LGR Auto Switch 12-9
Account Track 9-12
Acquire Device Information 8-5, 8-17, 8-19, 8-21
Add a printer 4-4
Administrator Settings 12-40
Auth. Unit 11-26
Authentication 12-56
Authentication/Account Track 8-12, 11-20
Auto Delete Secure Document 12-45
Auto Trapping 12-29
B
Banner Paper Tray 12-20
Banner Printing 11-43
Banner Sheet Setting 12-10
Basic Settings 12-5
Binding Direction Adjustment 12-11
Binding Margin Settings 8-14
Binding Position 12-17
Black Overprint 12-30
M
Mobile/PDA 11-31
N
Network Timeout 12-53
Number of Copies 12-6
O
OpenAPI Settings 12-56
Original Direction 12-7
Output Tray Settings 12-43
P
Font Settings 12-21
Font Size 12-23
Paper Setting 12-14
Paper Size 12-15
Paper Tray 12-14
Paper Tray Information 8-5
Paper View 8-8
PCL Font List 12-32
PCL Settings 12-21
PDL Setting 12-5
Preferences 8-3
Print 8-3, 9-3, 10-3
Print & Login 11-26
Print Data Capture 12-58
Print PS Errors 12-26
Print Reports 12-32
Print without Authentication 12-51
Print XPS Errors 12-54
Print/Fax Output Setting 12-42
Printer Settings 12-5, 12-53
Printer View 8-8
Properties 8-3
PS Font List 12-32
PS Setting 12-26
PSWC Direct Print 12-55
Punch 12-19
G
Q
C
Cellular Phone/PDA Settings 12-57
Combination Details 8-13
Configuration Page 12-32
CR/LF Mapping 12-25
D
Delete Secure Print Documents 12-44
Demo Page 12-32
Detail Settings 9-12
Driver Password Encryption Setting 11-33, 12-60
E
Edit My Tab 8-10
Editing watermark 8-18
F
16-6
16.2
Gray Background Text Correction 12-13
Quality Adjustment 8-23, 9-24
I
S
ICC Profile Settings 12-27
ID & Print Delete after Print Setting 12-47
ID & Print Delete Time 12-46
ID & Print Operation Settings 12-50
ID & Print Settings 12-49
ID & Print User Box 11-27
Image Shift Settings 8-14
Save Custom Size 8-7
Secure Print Only 12-59
Secure Print User Box 11-8
Single Color > 2 Color Output Management 12-52
Skip Job Operation Settings 12-48
Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP 12-8
Staple 12-18
Symbol Set 12-22
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
16.2
Index by button
16
T
TIFF Image Paper Setting 12-33
To Login Screen 13-7
U
Uninstall 7-5
USB Timeout 12-53
User Authentication 9-12
User Box 11-8, 11-26
User Settings 8-12, 12-3
Utility/Counter 12-3
V
Verify XPS Digital Signature 12-31
X
XPS Setting 12-31
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
16-7
16
16-8
Index by button
16.2
VL3622c/VL2822c/VL2222c
Reader's comment sheet
Reader's comment sheet
Questions
Have you found this manual to be accurate?
O Yes
O No
Were you able to operate the product, after reading this manual?
O Yes
O No
Does this manual provide sufficient background information?
O Yes
O No
Is the format of this manual convenient in size, readability and arrangement (page
layout, chapter order, etc.)?
O Yes
O No
Could you find the information you were looking for?
O Always
O Most of the times
O Sometimes
O Not at all
What did you use to find the required information?
O Table of contents
O Index
Are you satisfied with this manual?
O Yes
O No
Thank you for evaluating this manual.
If you have other comments or concerns, please explain or suggest improvements
overleaf or on a separate sheet.
Comments:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reader's comment sheet
Date:
This reader's comment sheet is completed by:
(If you prefer to remain unknown, please do fill in your occupation)
Name:
Occupation:
Company:
Phone:
Address:
City:
Country:
Please return this sheet to:
Océ-Technologies B.V.
For the attention of ITC User Documentation.
P.O. Box 101,
5900 MA Venlo
The Netherlands
Send your comments by E-mail to: itc-userdoc@oce.com
For the addresses of local Océ organisations see: http://www.oce.com
Addresses of local Océ organisations
Addresses of local Océ organisations
[1]
Océ-Australia Ltd.
P.O. Box 363
Ferntree Gully MDC
Vic 3165
Australia
http://www.oce.com.au/
Océ-Österreich GmbH
Postfach 95
1233 Vienna
Austria
http://www.oce.at/
Océ-Belgium N.V./S.A.
J. Bordetlaan 32
1140 Brussel
Belgium
http://www.oce.be/
Océ-Brasil Comércio e Indústria Ltda.
Av. das Nações Unidas, 11.857
Brooklin Novo
São Paulo-SP 04578-000
Brasil
http://www.oce-brasil.com.br/
Océ-Canada Inc.
4711 Yonge Street, Suite 1100
Toronto, Ontario M2N 6K8
Canada
http://www.oce.ca/
Océ Office Equipment (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Xu Mu Cheng
Chaoyang District
Beijing 100028
China
http://www.oce.com.cn/
Océ-Czech Republic ltd.
Hanusova 18
140 21 Praha 4
Czech Republic
http://www.oce.cz/
Océ-Danmark a/s
Vallensbækvej 45
2605 Brøndby
Denmark
http://www.oce.dk/
Océ Finland OY
Valkjärventie 7 D, PL 3
02130 Espoo
Finland
http://www.oce.fi/
Océ-France S.A.
32, Avenue du Pavé Neuf
93161 Noisy-le-grand, Cedex
France
http://www.oce.fr/
Océ-Deutschland GmbH
Solinger Straße 5-7
45481 Mülheim/Ruhr
Germany
http://www.oce.de/
Océ-Hong Kong and China head office
12/F 1202 The Lee Gardens
33 Hysan Avenue
Causeway Bay
Hong Kong
http://www.oce.com.hk/
Addresses of local Océ organisations
Océ-Hungaria Kft.
1241 Budapest
Pf.: 237
Hungary
http://www.oce.hu/
Océ-Ireland Ltd.
3006 Lake Drive
Citywest Business Campus
Saggart
Co. Dublin
Ireland
http://www.oce.ie/
Océ-Italia S.p.A.
Strada Padana Superiore 2/B
20063 Cernusco sul Naviglio (MI)
Italia
http://www.oce.it/
Océ Japan Corporation
3-25-1, Nishi Shinbashi
Minato-Ku
Tokyo 105-0003
Japan
http://www.ocejapan.co.jp/
Océ-Belgium S.A.
Rue Astrid 2/A
1143 Luxembourg-Belair
http://www.oce.lu/
Océ Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
#3.01, Level 3, Wisma Academy
Lot 4A, Jalan 19/1
46300 Petalig Jaya
Selangor Darul Ehsan
Malaysia
http://www.ocemal.com.my/
Océ-Mexico S.A. de C.V.
Prolongación Reforma 1236,
4to Piso
Col. Santa Fé, Del. Cuajimalpa
C.P. 05348
México, D.F.
México
http://www.oceusa.com/
Océ-Norge A.S.
Postboks 4434 Nydalen
Gjerdrums vei 8
0403 Oslo
Norway
http://www.oce.no/
Océ-Poland Ltd. Sp.z o.o.
ul. Bitwy Warszawskiej 1920 r. nr. 7
02-366 Warszawa
Poland
http://www.oce.com.pl/
Océ-Lima Mayer, S.A.
Av. José Gomes Ferreira, 11 Piso 2 Miraflores
1497-139 Algés
Portugal
http://www.oce.pt/
Océ Singapore Pte Ltd.
190 MacPherson Road
#03-00 Wisma Gulab
Singapore 348548
Océ Printing Systems (PTY) Ltd.
P.O.Box 629
Rivonia 2128
South Africa
Addresses of local Océ organisations
Océ España SA
Business Park Mas Blau
Osona, 2 08820 El Prat de Llobregat
Barcelona
Spain
http://www.oce.es/
Océ-Svenska AB
Sollentunavägen 84
191 27 Sollentuna
Sweden
http://www.oce.se/
Océ-Schweiz AG
Sägereistrasse 10
CH8152 Glattbrugg
Schweiz
http://www.oce.ch/
Océ (Thailand) Ltd.
B.B. Building 16/Floor
54 Asoke Road
Sukhumvit 21
Bangkok 10110
Thailand
Océ-Nederland B.V.
P.O.Box 800
5201 AV 's-Hertogenbosch
The Netherlands
http://www.oce.nl/
Océ (UK) Limited
Océ House
Chatham Way
Brentwood, Essex CM14 4DZ
United Kingdom
http://www.oce.co.uk/
Océ North America Inc.
5450 North Cumberland Avenue
Chicago, IL 60656
USA
http://www.oceusa.com/
Note: The web site http://www.oce.com gives the current addresses of the local Océ
organisations and distributors.
Note: The addresses of local Océ organisations for information about the Wide
Format Printing Systems and the Production Printing Systems can be different from
the addresses above. Refer to the web site http://www.oce.com for the addresses you
need.
.
Beyond the Ordinary
o
Printing for
Professionals
Océ helps the people who make our world. Companies
everywhere use Océ technical documentation systems in
manufacturing, architecture, engineering and
construction. High speed Océ printing systems produce
millions of transaction documents each week, such as
bank statements and utility bills. And in offices around
the world, people use Océ professional document systems
to keep the wheels of business and government turning.
Océ is also at work in publishing on demand, newspaper
production and wide format colour for spectacular
display graphics.
©
2009 Océ. Illustrations and specifications do not necessarily apply to
products and services offered in each local market. Technical
For more information visit us at:
specifications are subject to change without prior notice. All other
trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
2009-09
www.oce.com
GB
Download PDF